WO2010010935A1 - Optically active heterocyclidene-n-arylacetamide derivative - Google Patents

Optically active heterocyclidene-n-arylacetamide derivative Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010010935A1
WO2010010935A1 PCT/JP2009/063221 JP2009063221W WO2010010935A1 WO 2010010935 A1 WO2010010935 A1 WO 2010010935A1 JP 2009063221 W JP2009063221 W JP 2009063221W WO 2010010935 A1 WO2010010935 A1 WO 2010010935A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
formula
ylidene
hydroxy
acetamide
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2009/063221
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
秀春 内田
Original Assignee
持田製薬株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 持田製薬株式会社 filed Critical 持田製薬株式会社
Publication of WO2010010935A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010010935A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/04Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring
    • C07D311/58Benzo[b]pyrans, not hydrogenated in the carbocyclic ring other than with oxygen or sulphur atoms in position 2 or 4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a compound that modulates the function of a pharmaceutical, particularly a Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type I receptor (hereinafter referred to as “TRPV1 receptor”), particularly an optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivative,
  • TRPV1 receptor Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type I receptor
  • the present invention relates to a TRPV1 receptor antagonist containing a derivative as an active ingredient, or a preventive or therapeutic agent for a disease involving a TRPV1 receptor including pain.
  • TRPV1 receptor the receptor of capsaicin (8-methyl-N-vanillyl-6-nonanamide), the main pungent component of chili pepper.
  • capsaicin 8-methyl-N-vanillyl-6-nonanamide
  • the TRPV1 receptor is a receptor that recognizes capsaicin, and is highly expressed in afferent sensory fibers including primary sensory neurons involved in pain sensation and C-fiber nerve terminals, and many TRP families have been cloned thereafter.
  • the TRP family is similar in structure, has a 6-transmembrane domain, and has an N-terminal side and a C-terminal side in the cell.
  • the TRPV1 receptor causes cations such as calcium ions and sodium ions to flow into cells in response to capsaicin stimulation, acid (pH 6.0 or lower), or heat (43 ° C. or higher). Therefore, the expression site and the action of capsaicin assumed a large contribution to the neural excitation of the TRPV1 receptor. Furthermore, the contribution of TRPV1 receptor to the living body has been clarified from many reports of information, and in particular, mice lacking TRPV1 receptor (TRPV1 knockout mice) have increased heat sensitivity due to neuropathic pain.
  • capsaicin causes transient severe pain, but then induces desensitization and exerts an analgesic effect. Based on this property, many TRPV1 receptor agonists including capsaicin cream are used as analgesics. Under development (Super JR, Klapper J, Mathew NT, Raport A, Phillips SB, Bernstein JE, Archives of Neurology, 59: 990-994, 2002).
  • TRPV1 receptor modulator that regulates the function of the TRPV1 receptor is expected.
  • TRPV1 modulators agonists and antagonists that stimulate the TRPV1 receptor to induce desensitization are expected to be useful for various diseases, and among them, agonists are caused by transient intense stimulation.
  • a TRPV1 receptor antagonist that does not induce excitement due to such stimulation has attracted attention because it induces pain.
  • compounds having TRPV1 receptor antagonistic activity are expected to have a wide range of usefulness such as analgesics, urinary incontinence drugs, and respiratory disease drugs. “Pain includes unpleasant sensory and emotional experiences that occur based on substantial or potential injury to the tissue, as well as sensory and emotional experiences that are described using such expressions.” Yes. There are three major types of pain. Nociceptive pain, 2. 2. 2.
  • Nociceptive pain is physiological pain caused by mechanical stimulation, temperature stimulation, and chemical stimulation, and is generally referred to as acute pain. Such pain serves as a biosensor based on an unpleasant sensory experience to protect yourself from danger.
  • pain such as rheumatism was certainly thought to be acute pain, it becomes chronic pain as the period from onset becomes longer and inflammation becomes chronic.
  • Hyperalgesia to thermal and mechanical stimuli occurs after tissue damage and during inflammation. Sensitization of pain-inducing substances and receptors to pain-inducing stimuli has been reported as an explanation for hyperalgesia to thermal and mechanical stimuli.
  • NGF nerve growth factor
  • Specific examples of diseases include rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis of the knee.
  • Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory analgesics (NSAIDs) have been used for a long time for inflammatory pain, including pain caused by chronic rheumatoid arthritis and knee osteoarthritis. There was limited use.
  • Postoperative pain is basically inflammatory pain associated with tissue damage, and also includes elements of neurogenic pain resulting from nerve damage. Postoperative pain is broadly divided into somatic pain and visceral pain, and somatic pain is further divided into shallow pain and deep pain. Of these, leaving strong postoperative pain causes nerve sensitization and feels pain against non-noxious stimuli such as touch and pressure (allodynia).
  • NSAIDs nerve block therapy
  • opioid agonists drugs such as nerve block therapy, NSAIDs, antiepileptic drugs and opioid agonists
  • each drug used is, for example, NSAIDs
  • side effects due to gastrointestinal disorders / renal disorders if it is carbamazepine or phenytoin in anti-epileptic drugs, such as staggering, rash, gastrointestinal symptoms, cardiotoxicity, etc.
  • gabapentin side effects such as somnolence or dizziness; opioid action Since drugs are associated with side effects such as constipation, there is a need for postoperative pain treatment agents that exhibit higher efficacy and fewer side effects.
  • Neuropathic pain is pain caused by primary damage to any part of the nerve transmission system from the periphery to the center or caused by dysfunction (illustration latest anesthesiology series 4, clinical clinic of pain 1 Akira, Kenjiro Dan, 1998, Medical View Inc.).
  • the nerve injury that causes neuropathic pain is typically trauma or injury to the peripheral nerve, plexus or perineural soft tissue, but the central somatosensory pathway (spinal cord, brainstem, It can also be caused by injury to the ascending somatosensory pathway at the thalamus or cortical level).
  • it can be caused by any of neurodegenerative diseases, bone degenerative diseases, metabolic disorders, cancer, infection, inflammation, surgical operation, trauma, radiation therapy, treatment with anticancer agents, and the like.
  • allodynia is known as an abnormal skin reaction that characterizes neuropathic pain. Allodynia is a condition in which pain is felt by a stimulus that does not feel pain in normal humans. In allodynia, pain is caused by tactile stimulation, that is, there is a qualitative change in sensory response, and the threshold itself is considered to be a basic characteristic of allodynia. In postherpetic neuralgia, which is representative of neuropathic pain, allodynia has been confirmed in 87% of patients. The intensity of postherpetic neuralgia is proportional to the degree of allodynia. Allodynia is attracting attention as a treatment target for postherpetic neuralgia as a symptom that significantly limits patient freedom.
  • Herpes is a disease that develops when the herpes virus once infected is reactivated in the nerve, and 70% of herpes patients feel intense pain. Although this pain disappears with the healing of the disease, around 10% of patients suffer from so-called postherpetic neuralgia, with pain remaining for many years after healing.
  • the onset mechanism is said to be that herpes virus re-growth occurs from the ganglia, and the nerve injury that occurs at this time promotes synaptic reorganization and causes allodynia, which is neuropathic pain. In clinical practice, older adults are more likely to develop postherpetic neuralgia, with more than 70% being 60 years or older. Anticonvulsants, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, steroids, etc.
  • Diabetic pain is broadly divided into acute pain that develops when hyperglycemia is corrected rapidly and chronic pain that develops due to factors such as demyelination and nerve regeneration.
  • chronic pain is neuropathic pain in which dorsal root ganglion inflammation is caused by a decrease in blood flow due to diabetes, and subsequent nerve fiber regeneration causes spontaneous nerve firing and excitability.
  • Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, antidepressants, capsaicin cream, etc. are used as treatment methods, but there is no complete treatment for diabetic pain that can cure all diabetic pain with a single drug (Reference: Pharmaceuticals) Noyumi 211, No.5 2004, special issue "Pain Signal Control Mechanism and Latest Treatment Evidence").
  • neuropathic pain pain relief treatment for patients who complain of chronic pain symptoms and the pain itself interferes with daily life is directly related to quality of life (Quality of Life).
  • central neuropathic drugs such as morphine, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory analgesics and steroids are considered to be ineffective for neuropathic pain.
  • antidepressants such as amitriptyline
  • anti-arrhythmic drugs such as gabapentin, pregabalin, carbamazepine, phenytoin, and mexiletine are diverted and prescribed.
  • these drugs have side effects such as dry mouth, drowsiness, sedation, constipation, difficulty in urinating, etc.
  • heterocyclic compound having an amide bond examples include, for example, International Publication No. 03/049702 pamphlet (Patent Document 1), International Publication No. 04/056774 pamphlet (Patent Document 2), International Publication No. 04/069792 pamphlet (Patent Document). 3) Pamphlet of International Publication No. 04/100985 (Patent Document 4), Pamphlet of International Publication No. 04/110986 (Patent Document 5), Pamphlet of International Publication No. 05/016922 (Patent Document 6), International Publication No.
  • Patent Document 15 As conventional techniques for disclosing compounds having a heterocyclidene skeleton, WO94 / 26692 pamphlet (Patent Document 15), WO95 / 06035 pamphlet (Patent Document 16), WO98 / 39325 pamphlet.
  • Patent Document 17 International Publication No. 03/042181 pamphlet (Patent Document 18), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-213870 (Patent Document 19), International Publication No. 06/064075 pamphlet (Patent Document 20), International Publication No. 07/010383 pamphlet (Patent Document 21), Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, Vol. 22, No. 6, pp.
  • Non-Patent Document 1 Tetra Hedron Letta (Tetrahedron Letters), Vol. 42, No. 18, pp. 3227-3230, 2001
  • Non-Patent Document 2 Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, Vol. 47, No. 3, 329 -339, 1999 (Non-Patent Document 3).
  • Patent Document 15 discloses that a muscle relaxant has a 1 (2H) -benzopyran-4-ylidene skeleton or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-4-quinolidene skeleton, a hydrogen atom at the N atom of the acetamide structure, A compound having a structure in which an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is bonded is disclosed, but there is no disclosure of a compound in which a substituted aryl group or a heteroaryl group is bonded to an N atom.
  • Patent Documents 16 to 18 have a 4,4-difluoro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 (1H) -benzodiazepine skeleton as an arginine vasopressin antagonist or oxytocin antagonist, A compound having a specific structure in which an arylcarbonyl group to which aryl is bonded to the N atom at the 1-position is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 19 as a new charge control agent for an electrophotographic toner, 2- (1,2-benzisothiazole-3 (2H) -ylidene 1,1-dioxide) acetamide derivative is substituted with N atom of acetamide. Certain compounds having a phenyl group are disclosed.
  • Patent Document 20 discloses a compound having a specific structure having a sec-butyl group at the 3-position as an amide derivative of 2,3-dihydro-1-oxo-1H-isoquinoline-4-ylidene as a calpain inhibitor. ing.
  • Patent Document 21 discloses a novel heterocyclideneacetamide derivative as a TRPV1 receptor antagonist. However, this patent document does not disclose any relation between the heterocyclideneacetamide derivative and body temperature change.
  • Non-Patent Document 1 discloses 2- (1,2-dihydro-2-oxo-3H-indole-3-ylidene) -N, N-dimethyl-acetamide in a report on the synthesis of oxindole derivatives. However, a substituted aryl group or a heteroaryl group is not bonded to the N atom.
  • Non-Patent Document 2 discloses (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-oxo-5H-1,4, -benzodiazepine-5-ylidene) acetamide derivatives as N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) antagonists.
  • NMDA N-methyl-D-aspartate
  • Non-Patent Document 3 discloses a non-peptidic arginine vasopressin antagonist, (2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 (1H) -benzodiazepine-5-ylidene) acetamide derivative as 2-pyridylmethyl at the N atom of acetamide.
  • a compound having a specific structure in which a group is bonded and the benzodiazepine skeleton does not have a substituent is disclosed.
  • Patent Documents 15 to 20 and Non-Patent Documents 1 to 3 disclose or suggest an antagonistic action of the TRPV1 receptor.
  • the applicant has also filed a TRPV1 receptor modulator represented by the following formula (A) (International Publication No. 08/091021; PCT / JP2008 / 051471). (Patent Document 22)). It has been reported that administration of a TPRV1 receptor antagonist causes an increase in body temperature (Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 48, No. 6, 1857-72, 2005 ( Non-patent document 4), Journal of Neuroscience, Vol. 27, No. 13, pages 3366-74, 2007 (non-patent document 5)).
  • hERG human ether-a-go-go related
  • hERG human ether-a-go-go related
  • problems of usefulness and safety such as exhibiting channel inhibitory activity or poor pharmacokinetics such as absorption and sustainability.
  • TRPV1 receptor modulators that can be administered orally, have high safety and are highly effective, especially TRPV1 receptor antagonists, or preventive or therapeutic agents for diseases involving TRPV1 receptors (In particular, there is a demand for a preventive or therapeutic agent for pain.
  • amitriptyline side effects such as dry mouth, drowsiness, sedation, constipation, difficulty in urination, carbamazepine, phenytoin side effects rash, digestive symptoms, Cardiotoxicity and other side effects of gabapentin, such as somnolence and dizziness, such as dizziness and gastrointestinal symptoms that are side effects of mexiletine, gastrointestinal disorders that are side effects of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory analgesics, and heart failure that is a side effect of COX2 inhibitors
  • problems such as side effects such as reduction of hERG current inhibitory effect; improvement of metabolic stability and absorbability, oral administration possibility, improvement of pharmacokinetics and solubility, and problems to be addressed There is.
  • a drug that can be administered orally to mammals including humans that has overcome at least one of these problems, especially a clinically user-friendly preventive or therapeutic agent for a disease involving TRPV1 receptor with little body temperature change (In particular, a preventive or therapeutic agent for pain) is desired.
  • the present invention relates to a compound having an action of modulating the function of TRPV1 receptor, particularly an optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivative represented by formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, Those solvates, TRPV1 receptor modulators containing the derivatives as active ingredients, especially TRPV1 receptor antagonists, or preventive or therapeutic agents for pain, especially preventive or therapeutic agents for neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia It comprises a preventive or therapeutic agent for symptom and a preventive or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain.
  • the present inventors have conducted extensive research to obtain a compound having a function of regulating the function of TRPV1 receptor, which is highly safe and excellent in effectiveness.
  • the optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivatives represented by the formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof has an effect of regulating the function of an excellent TRPV1 receptor.
  • this compound group has at least one of high metabolic stability, excellent oral absorbability, good solubility, and no increase in body temperature (especially little change in body temperature). It has been found that it has the above characteristics.
  • a pharmaceutical composition containing the compound as an active ingredient is a preventive or therapeutic agent for orally administrable pain, in particular, a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain, a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for fibromyalgia, a prophylactic agent for inflammatory pain. Or it is expected as a therapeutic agent.
  • the present invention relates to an optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivative represented by the formula (I) shown in the following embodiments or a salt thereof, a pharmaceutical composition containing them as an active ingredient, and the derivative or a salt thereof.
  • an optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivative represented by the formula (I) shown in the following embodiments or a salt thereof, a pharmaceutical composition containing them as an active ingredient, and the derivative or a salt thereof.
  • the chain group refers to a "structure having a carbon number 1 to a straight or branched chain 6 '.
  • a cyclic group it means “the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring”.
  • the molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 700 or less. More preferably, the molecular weight is 550 or less. Such molecular weight limitation is routinely used as another major limiting factor in addition to the basic skeleton with pharmacological characteristics when specifying the structure of a compound in recent drug designs.
  • a first aspect of the present invention is the following formula (I) (Wherein, m represents an integer of 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 0 or 1, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1 ⁇ 2 alkyl group, R 1 And R 2 may form a cyclo ring together with the carbon atom to which each is bonded, and the configuration of the hydroxyl group is one of the enantiomers, and the broken lines and ⁇ , ⁇ , 1 and 2 are , —OH or —NH— and the bonding position of each carbon atom on the ring, provided that the bonding position of —NH— is the 1st position, n is 0 and the bonding position of the hydroxyl group is the ⁇ position. Or a salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
  • C 1-6 indicates that indicates from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, for example, C 1-6 alkyl group is an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1 ⁇ 2 alkyl group, for example, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group Is mentioned.
  • R 1 and R 2 may each form a cyclo ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded” specifically means a 3- to 5-membered ring, for example, spirocyclopropane. Ring, spirocyclobutane ring, spirocyclopentane ring and the like.
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 may each form a cyclo ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded”, it is more preferably a spirocyclobutane ring.
  • m is an integer of 1 or 2.
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same and are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. Further, it is preferable that together with the carbon atom to which R 1 and R 2 are each coupled to a spiro-cyclobutane ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same and are preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • n 0 or 1
  • the configuration of the hydroxyl group represents any enantiomer
  • the broken line represents a bond to any carbon atom.
  • ⁇ , ⁇ , 1 and 2 represent broken bond positions.
  • n 0
  • the hydroxyl group bond position is the ⁇ position.
  • n is preferably 0 or 1.
  • the bonding position of [1-3-b] -NH— is at the 2-position and the bonding position of the hydroxyl group is at the ⁇ -position
  • n is preferably 1.
  • examples of the moiety of the following formula (III) having a hydroxyl group include the following formulas (III-1) to (III-4):
  • a hydroxytetrahydronaphthylamino group or an indanolamino group having a different configuration of the hydroxyl group of the formula is represented by the following formula (III-1-A), formula (III-1-B), formula (III- Examples include 2-A), formula (III-2-B), formula (III-3-A), formula (III-3-B), and formula (III-4-B).
  • the hydroxyl group bonded to the carbon atom with * in the formula indicates any one of the configurations, for example, the formula (III-1-A) and the formula (III-1-B) represents an enantiomer of each other.
  • (A) and (B) are, for example, a compound of the formula (D-IV) which is a racemate of the compound of the formula (VI) in the following (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 4>.
  • the enantiomer obtained as the first fraction is represented as (A)
  • the enantiomer obtained as the second fraction is represented as (B).
  • the first fraction obtained in the column for optical isomer separation is used, or in the case of formula (III-1-B), in the column for optical isomer separation. It means a part of the formula (III) obtained by using each of the obtained second fractions.
  • Examples of preferable compounds include the following.
  • a second aspect of the present invention is characterized by containing the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a pharmaceutical composition More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
  • [2-1] According to a 2-1 aspect of the present invention, at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a pharmaceutical composition characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
  • a third aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the compound represented by the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof is contained as an active ingredient.
  • a TRPV1 receptor antagonist More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
  • [3-1] According to a 3-1 aspect of the present invention, at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a TRPV1 receptor antagonist characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
  • the “TRPV1 receptor antagonist” is one aspect of the “TRPV1 receptor modulator”.
  • the “TRPV1 receptor modulator” means an agent containing a compound that modulates the function of TRPV1 receptor, and more specifically, an agent containing a compound that suppresses activation of TRPV1 receptor.
  • the compound includes a compound that binds to TRPV1 receptor and antagonizes an endogenous ligand to suppress TRPV1 receptor activation (TRPV1 receptor antagonist), and continuously activates TRPV1 receptor,
  • TRPV1 receptor agonists compounds that desensitize the nerve in which the receptor is present, thereby inhibiting subsequent activation of the receptor. Therefore, TRPV1 modulator is a general term for TRPV1 receptor antagonists and TRPV1 receptor agonists.
  • Antagonists include neutral antagonists and inverse agonists, and agonists include full and partial agonists.
  • the partial agonist acts as an antagonist depending on conditions.
  • the TRPV1 receptor modulator of the present invention is preferably a TRPV1 receptor antagonist.
  • the TRPV1 receptor antagonists of the present invention include neutral antagonists, inverse agonists and partial agonists.
  • the TRPV1 antagonist of the present invention is expected to show promising preventive or therapeutic effects for the following various diseases.
  • COPD
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention contains at least one of the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a preventive and / or therapeutic agent for pain More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
  • a fourth aspect of the present invention provides at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a preventive and / or therapeutic agent for pain, characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention contains at least one of the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a fifth aspect of the present invention provides at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention contains at least one of the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient. Is a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain. More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
  • a sixth aspect of the present invention provides at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
  • a more preferable substituent or a combination thereof is the first aspect. It is described in.
  • TRPV1 receptor antagonistic activity for example, Experimental Example (1)-(b) described later: measurement of Ca inflow using FDSS-6000
  • the “therapeutic agent” is intended to include not only treatment of a disease or symptom but also improvement of the disease or symptom.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is also referred to.
  • the compound of the present invention may have an asymmetric carbon, and the compound of the present invention includes a mixture of various stereoisomers such as geometric isomers, tautomers, optical isomers, and isolated compounds. It is. Isolation and purification of such stereoisomers can be carried out by those skilled in the art through conventional techniques through preferential crystallization, optical resolution using column chromatography or asymmetric synthesis.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention may form an acid addition salt.
  • a salt with a base may be formed.
  • Such a salt is not particularly limited as long as it is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid; formic acid , Acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, enanthic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, lactic acid, sorbic acid, mandelic acid and other aliphatic monocarboxylic acids, benzoic acid, salicylic acid and other aromatic monocarboxylic acids
  • Organic carboxylic acids such as aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as carboxylic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, malic acid and tartaric acid, and aliphatic tricarboxylic acid such as citric acid; methanesulfonic acid and ethanesulfonic acid
  • Organic sulfonic acids such as aliphatic sulfonic acids such as 2-hydroxyethan
  • salts can be obtained by a conventional method, for example, by mixing an equivalent amount of the compound of the present invention with a desired acid or base, and collecting the desired salt by filtration or distilling off the solvent.
  • this invention compound or its salt can form solvates with solvents, such as water, ethanol, and glycerol.
  • the present invention relates to a compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention, or a hydrate of the compound represented by the above embodiment [1-4] or the above embodiment [1-5], pharmaceutically acceptable Various possible solvates and crystalline polymorphs are also included.
  • the present invention is not limited to the compounds described in the Examples below, but the compounds represented by the formula (I) of the present invention, or the above-mentioned embodiment [1-4] or the above-mentioned embodiment [1- 5] or any of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) used in the present invention, the compound described in the embodiment [1-4] or the embodiment [1-5], and related compounds can be obtained by the production method shown below. it can.
  • each reaction process will be described.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) which is the compound of the present invention and a salt thereof can be easily produced from a commercially available compound or a commercially available compound by a method known in the literature, etc. and produced according to the production method shown below. Can do.
  • the present invention is not limited to the manufacturing method described below. Hereinafter, the production method will be described in detail.
  • R 1 , R 2 , m, and n in the compounds represented by VI-b) and formula (VI-c) are the same as the previous definitions described in formula (I).
  • R A is an alkyl group
  • R B is hydrogen or an alkyl group
  • P 1 is a protecting group such as tert-butoxycarbonyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group, p-toluenesulfonyl group
  • P 2 is an alkyl group
  • M is Li, Na , K and Zn
  • Y represents a leaving substituent such as halogen.
  • the compound represented by the formula (I) is obtained by a condensation reaction between a carboxylic acid represented by the formula (V) and an amine represented by the formula (VI).
  • reaction formula A method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (V) and a compound of the formula (VI), for example (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 22 Organic Synthesis IV Acid / Amino Acid / Peptide, 191-309, 1992, Maruzen) 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-ethyl-3- (3′-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (WSC ⁇ HCl), benzotriazole-1-yloxytris ( Dimethylamino) phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent), bis (2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BOP-Cl), 2-chloro-1,3-dimethylimidazolinium he
  • the compound of the formula (I) can be produced in the same manner by reacting at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in a solvent that does not participate in the reaction, such as a polar solvent.
  • the compound of the formula (V) in the above reaction formula is produced by the following (Production Method A) to (Production Method C), and the compound of the formula (VI) is produced by the following (Production Method D) to (Production Method G). Can do.
  • An ether solvent such as 1,2-dimethoxyethane, a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as water, or a mixed solvent thereof is used to perform the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C.
  • the compound of -a) can be produced.
  • Step 4> Using the compound of formula (AI) and the compound of formula (AV), the compound of formula (A-VI) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) ⁇ Step 1>. . ⁇ Step 5> A method known in the literature using a compound of formula (A-VI) and a compound of formula (A-VII), for example, tetrahedron, 60 (13), pages 3017-3035, 2004, etc.
  • Benzylidenebistricyclohexylphosphine ruthenium dichloride tricyclohexylphosphine-1,3-bis-2,4,6-trimethylphenyl-4,5-dihydroimidazol-2-ylidenebenzylidene ruthenium dichloride, ruthenium-1 1,4-bis-2,4,6-trimethylphenyl-2-imidazolidinylylidenedichloro-2--1-methylethoxyphenylmethylene and the like in the presence of a ruthenium catalyst, dichloromethane, chloroform and other halogenated solvents, 1,4- Dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from the formula (A).
  • a solvent inert such as an ether solvent, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene and xylene, or a mixed solvent thereof
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from the formula (A).
  • the compound of -III) can be prepared.
  • Step 6> Using the compound of formula (AI) and the compound of formula (A-VIII), the compound of formula (A-IX) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) ⁇ Step 1>. .
  • Step 7 Methods known in the literature using compounds of the formula (A-IX), such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 159-266, 1992, Maruzen), etc.
  • a reducing agent such as diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAH), lithium triethoxyaluminum hydride, sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride, Raney nickel (Raney-Ni) -formic acid, Reaction is performed at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from ⁇ 78 ° C.
  • DIBAH diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • Li triethoxyaluminum hydride lithium triethoxyaluminum hydride
  • sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride Raney nickel (Raney-Ni) -formic acid
  • a base such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol.
  • cyclic dehydration reagents such as polyphosphoric acid (PPA), polyphosphoric acid ethyl ester (PPE), diphosphorus pentoxide (P 2 O 5 ), Eaton's reagent (mixture of methanesulfonic acid and diphosphorus pentoxide), or the like
  • PPA polyphosphoric acid
  • PPE polyphosphoric acid ethyl ester
  • P 2 O 5 diphosphorus pentoxide
  • Eaton's reagent mixture of methanesulfonic acid and diphosphorus pentoxide
  • the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in a solvent that does not participate in the reaction, such as halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, ether solvents such as diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and benzene.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform
  • ether solvents
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform.
  • a Lewis acid such as aluminum trichloride and tin tetrachloride
  • the reaction is carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform.
  • halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform.
  • Step 4> The compound of formula (Vb) can be produced by reacting the compound of formula (B-VI) in the same manner as in (Production Method A) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • ⁇ Step 5> According to a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (BV), for example, lithium diisopropylamide according to the method described in Synthetic Communications, 35 (3), 379-387, 2005 Reaction with an alkyl lithium reagent (formula (B-VII)) prepared from acetates, or reformatesky prepared from ⁇ -haloacetates such as ethyl bromoacetate and bromoacetate-tert-butyl in the presence of zinc A reaction with a reagent (formula (B-VII)) or a reaction in the presence of a silyl acetate such as ethyl trimethylsilyl acetate and a base such as phosphazene base-P4-tert-butyl is obtained by ether such as 1,4-dioxane or tetrahydrofuran.
  • a silyl acetate such as ethyl trimethylsilyl acetate and
  • a solvent inert to the reaction such as an ether solvent such as dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene or xylene, or a mixed solvent thereof, at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from ⁇ 78 ° C.
  • the reaction can be carried out to produce a compound of formula (B-VI).
  • a compound of formula (B-IX) can be produced by reacting the compound of formula (B-VIII) in the same manner as in (Production Method A) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • the compound of formula (Vb) can be produced by reacting the compound of formula (B-IX) in the same manner as in (Production Method B) ⁇ Step 6>.
  • R 1, R 2 are each a straight-chain or branched alkyl group of C 1 ⁇ 5, the alkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group of C 1 ⁇ 2, C 1 ⁇ 2 alkoxyl group or from 1 to 1 to may be five substituted with two substituents are selected arbitrarily from an amino group optionally group with an alkyl group of C 1 ⁇ 3, or, R 1, R 2 may form a cyclo ring group C 3 ⁇ 6 together with the carbon atom bonded to each said cyclic ring group is one carbon atom in the ring, oxygen atom or nitrogen atom ⁇ the nitrogen atom, a halogen atom, -OH, -OCH 3, substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl group having one with 1-3 optionally substituted C 1 to 3 -OCF 3 May be replaced by>.
  • the compound of formula (CV) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method B) ⁇ Step 5>.
  • ⁇ Step 4> Using the compound of formula (CV), the compound of formula (C-VI) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • ⁇ Step 5> Using the compound of formula (C-VI), the compound of formula (Vc) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method B) ⁇ Step 6>.
  • a compound of formula (C-VII) can be produced by using the compound of formula (CV) in the same manner as in (Production Method B) ⁇ Step 6>.
  • ⁇ Step 7> Using the compound of formula (C-VII), the compound of formula (Vc) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • the compound (D-II) can be produced.
  • ⁇ Process 2> A method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (D-II), such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 159-266, 1992, Maruzen)
  • a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride or lithium borohydride
  • an alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol or 2-propanol, or these and diethyl ether or 1,2-dimethoxyethane.
  • the compound of formula (D-III) is reacted at a temperature from 0 ° C. to the reflux of the solvent. Can be manufactured.
  • reducing agents such as diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAH), lithium triethoxyaluminum hydride, sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride and the like, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane
  • DIBAH diisobutylaluminum hydride
  • a solvent inert to the reaction such as tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene, or a mixed solvent thereof, at a temperature at which the solvent refluxes from ⁇ 78 ° C. to produce a compound of formula (D-III) You can also.
  • the compound of formula (D-IV) can be produced by reacting in concentrated hydrochloric acid or acetic acid in the presence of iron (Fe) or tin (Sn) at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C.
  • alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxy
  • a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as an ether solvent such as ethane or 1,4-dioxane, or a mixed solvent thereof, the reaction is performed at a temperature at which the solvent refluxes from 0 ° C., and the compound of the formula (D-IV) is converted. It can also be manufactured.
  • an optical isomer separation column was prepared according to a method known in the literature, for example, the method described in Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 54 (5), 344-353, 1996.
  • the compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by optical resolution by preparative chromatography used. Similar to the formula (VI), the configuration of the hydroxyl group in the formula (VI-a) represents any enantiomer.
  • the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is ( A), the second fraction is (B). In this production method, either one of the optically active substances is shown.
  • the intermediate formula (D-IV) can also be produced according to the following method.
  • ⁇ Step 5> Using the compound of formula (D-II), the compound of formula (DV) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • ⁇ Step 6> The compound of formula (D-IV) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 2>, using the compound of formula (DV).
  • the formula (VI-a) can also be produced according to the following method.
  • ⁇ Step 7> Methods known in the literature using compounds of the formula (DV), such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 23-68, 1992, Maruzen)
  • a base reagent such as optically active dichloro [bis (diphenylphosphino) binaphthyl] [diphenylethylenediamine] ruthenium and potassium hydroxide, potassium tert-butoxide
  • the compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by carrying out the reaction using a 2-propanol solvent at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature.
  • transition metal complexes such as dichlorotristriphenylphosphine ruthenium, benzene ruthenium (II) chloride (dimer), and optically active 2-amino-1,2-diphenylethanol, 1-amino-2-indanol, etc.
  • the compound of formula (E-II) can be produced by introducing by the method described in the book of Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, (USA), 3rd edition, 1999, etc. it can.
  • a compound of the formula (E-II) an alkyl group such as a methyl group or an ethyl group is converted into a known method, for example, Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (Protective Groups in Organic). Synthesis), (USA), 3rd edition, 1999, etc., can be introduced by the method described in the textbook to produce a compound of formula (E-III).
  • Step 3> Using the compound of formula (E-III), the introduced protecting group can be converted to methods known in the literature such as Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, ( The compound of the formula (E-IV) can be produced by the removal by the method described in the textbook of US), 3rd edition, 1999, etc.
  • Compounds of formula (EV) can be prepared by methods known in the literature, such as those described in The Journal of Organic Chemistry, 51 (26), 5252-5258, 1986. In the presence of acid reagents such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran (THF) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane.
  • the compound of the formula (E-VI) can be produced by performing the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. using a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as ether, acetone, water, or a mixed solvent thereof.
  • the compound of formula (E-VII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 2>.
  • the compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 4>.
  • the configuration of the hydroxyl group in the formula (VI-a) represents any enantiomer, and any one of the formulas obtained by separating the racemate using an optical isomer separation column.
  • the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is (A) and the second fraction is (B).
  • the intermediate formula (E-VII) can also be produced according to the following method.
  • ⁇ Step 8> In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (EI), for example, according to the method described in (New Experimental Chemistry Course 15 Oxidation and Reduction II, 426-428, 1977, Maruzen) In the presence of a catalyst such as carbon (Pd—C), Raney nickel (Raney-Ni), platinum oxide or the like, in an atmosphere of hydrogen at 3 to 5 atmospheres, an alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, etc. The solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C.
  • a catalyst such as carbon (Pd—C), Raney nickel (Raney-Ni), platinum oxide or the like
  • an alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, etc.
  • the solvent is refluxed from
  • the compound of the formula (E-VII) can also be produced by carrying out the reaction at a temperature at which
  • the formula (VI-a) can also be produced according to the following method. ⁇ Step 9> Using the compound of formula (E-VI), the compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 7>.
  • Step 3> In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (F-III), for example, the method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 46 (13), 2683-2696, 2003 In the presence of an acid catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and sulfuric acid, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene and xylene, an ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran and the like, or a solvent mixture thereof.
  • the compound of formula (F-IV) can be produced by performing the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature.
  • Step 4> In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (F-IV), for example, the method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 46 (13), 2683-2696, 2003 In the presence of a reagent such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid, a halogen-based solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform, an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent such as benzene, toluene or xylene, or a solvent mixture thereof.
  • the compound of formula (FV) can be produced by performing the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature.
  • Step 5> In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (FV), for example, the method described in WO 97/45410 pamphlet, pages 47-50 (intermediate production method 3), magnesium bromide- In the presence of reagents such as diethyl ether complex and zinc iodide, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, ether solvents such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene, etc.
  • reagents such as diethyl ether complex and zinc iodide, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, ether solvents such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene, etc.
  • the compound of the formula (F-VI) can be produced by performing the reaction using a solvent inert to the reaction or a mixed solvent thereof at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature.
  • the compound of formula (F-VII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production method D) ⁇ Step 2>, using the compound of formula (F-VI).
  • ⁇ Step 7> Using the compound of formula (F-VII), the compound of formula (F-VIII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • ⁇ Step 8> Using the compound of formula (F-VIII), the compound of formula (VI-b) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 4>.
  • the hydroxyl group bonded to the carbon bond marked with * indicates any configuration.
  • the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is represented by (A)
  • the intermediate formula (F-VIII) can also be produced according to the following method.
  • the compound of formula (F-IX) can be produced by using the compound of formula (F-VI) and the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • Step 10> Using the compound of formula (F-IX), the compound of formula (F-VIII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 2>.
  • the formula (IV-b) can also be produced according to the following method. ⁇ Step 11> Using the compound of formula (F-IX), the compound of formula (VI-b) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 7>.
  • the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is represented by (A), the second Let the fraction be (B).
  • the intermediate formula (GI) can also be produced according to the following method.
  • ⁇ Step 4> Using the compound of formula (F-II), the compound of formula (G-II) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • ⁇ Step 5> Using the compound of formula (G-II), the compound of formula (GI) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 2>.
  • the formula (VI-c) can also be produced according to the following method. ⁇ Step 6> Using the compound of formula (G-II), the compound of formula (VI-c) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) ⁇ Step 7>.
  • the hydroxyl group bonded to the carbon bond marked with * indicates any configuration.
  • the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is represented by (A), the second Let the fraction be (B).
  • each compound synthesized by each of the above production methods has a reactive group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, or a carboxyl group as a substituent
  • these groups are appropriately protected in each production process, and the protection is performed at an appropriate stage. It can be produced by removing the group.
  • Such a method for introducing / removing a protecting group is appropriately performed depending on the group to be protected or the type of protecting group. For example, Green, et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. ), (USA), 3rd edition, 1999, and the like.
  • Combination agent containing the compound of the present invention can be used in combination with other drugs.
  • analgesics include acetaminophen, opioid agonists such as aspirin and morphine, or gabapentin, antidepressants such as pregabalin, duloxetine, or amitriptyline; antidepressants such as carbamazepine and phenytoin; mexiletine, etc.
  • Anti-inflammatory drugs such as NSAIDs represented by diclofenac, indomethacin, ibuprofen, naproxen, COX-2 inhibitors represented by Celebrex, NR2B antagonists, bradykinin antagonists, anti-migraine agents.
  • TRPV1 other than pain
  • NSAIDs a drug used in each region
  • DMARDs a drug used in each region
  • anti-TNF ⁇ antibodies soluble TNF ⁇ receptors
  • steroids immunosuppressants and the like that are commonly used in chronic rheumatoid arthritis
  • COPD and allergic diseases it can be used in combination with general therapeutic agents such as ⁇ 2 receptor agonists and steroids.
  • overactive bladder and urinary incontinence it can be combined with anticholinergic drugs.
  • anticholinergic drugs By using in combination with existing drugs for the above-mentioned diseases, it is possible to reduce the dosage of existing drugs and reduce the side effects of existing drugs.
  • the combination method using the drug is not limited to the above diseases, and the drug used in combination is not limited to the compounds exemplified above.
  • the compound of the present invention when used in combination with a drug used in combination, it may be a separate preparation or a combination. Moreover, in separate preparations, both can be taken simultaneously or can be administered at different times.
  • the medicament of the present invention is administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention only needs to contain at least one compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention, and is prepared in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable additive.
  • excipients eg; lactose, sucrose, mannitol, crystalline cellulose, silicic acid, corn starch, potato starch
  • binders eg; celluloses (hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC)), crystalline cellulose, saccharides (lactose, mannitol, sucrose, sorbitol, erythritol, xylitol,), starches (corn starch, potato starch), pregelatinized starch, dextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), macrogol, polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA)), lubricant (eg; magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc, carboxymethylcellulose), disintegrant (eg; starches (corn starch, potato starch), carbo Cymethyl starch sodium, carmellose, carmellose calcium, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone), coating agent (eg; cellulose
  • Various dosage forms include tablets, capsules, granules, powders, pills, aerosols, inhalants, ointments, patches, suppositories, injections, lozenges, liquids, spirits, suspensions, Examples include extract and elixir.
  • the dose of the compound of the present invention is usually 0.005 mg to 3.0 g, preferably 0.05 mg to 2.5 g, more preferably 0.1 mg to 1.5 g per day for an adult. Can be increased or decreased as appropriate.
  • the total amount can be divided into 1 or 2-6 doses, orally or parenterally, or can be administered continuously by intravenous infusion.
  • a CFA-induced rat inflammatory pain model is prepared by a general method, for example, the method of Pomonis JD (The Journal of Pharmaceutical Therapy and Volume 306: 387- 393). Specifically, inflammation is induced by administering 50 ⁇ L of 100% CFA to the soles of rats. Oral administration of the compound of the present invention to rats 2 days or 1 week after administration of CFA suppresses the decrease in pain threshold, that is, proves its effectiveness as a therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain.
  • hERG inhibition test by patch clamp method The effect on hERG (human ether-a-go-related gene) channel is measured using a fully automatic patch clamp system (PatchXpress 7000A; molecular device).
  • a depolarizing pulse is periodically applied while maintaining the membrane potential at ⁇ 80 mV. After the generated current has stabilized, the test substance is added to the perfusate.
  • the effect of the test substance on the hERG channel is confirmed by changes in tail current induced by -50 mV, 0.2 s and 20 mV, 5 s depolarization pulse followed by -50 mV, 5 s repolarization pulse. Stimulation was performed once every 12 seconds. The measurement is performed at room temperature. The hERG channel inhibition rate is calculated as the reduction rate (suppression rate) of the tail current 5 minutes after application with respect to the maximum tail current before application of the test substance. By calculating this inhibition rate, the possibility of inducing QT prolongation by drugs and subsequent fatal side effects (such as ventricular tachycardia and sudden death) is shown.
  • rodents eg, hamsters, mice, guinea pigs, etc.
  • carnivores eg, sunks
  • heavy teeth eg, rabbits
  • carnivores eg, dogs, ferrets, minks, cats, etc.
  • Ostracoda for example, horses, etc.
  • cloven-hoofed eyes for example, pigs, cows, goats, sheep, etc.
  • primates for example, various monkeys, chimpanzees, etc.
  • the difference between the average values of the test compound administration group and the vehicle administration group was calculated at each measurement time point, and the rat rectal temperature change was classified into the following three levels from the maximum absolute value of the difference. -: Maximum value is less than 0.5 degrees Celsius +: Maximum value is 0.5 degrees Celsius or more and less than 1 degree ++: Maximum value is 1 degree Celsius or more
  • the compound of the present invention has an antagonistic action on the TRPV1 receptor. Moreover, it shows the analgesic effect of inflammatory pain model and neuropathic pain model of in ViVo, no abnormality is observed in the safety test, and the low toxicity of the present invention is shown. Furthermore, preferred compounds of the present invention have high metabolic stability and good pharmacokinetics. Moreover, it has excellent solubility and does not cause an increase in body temperature at a dose that exhibits a medicinal effect (particularly, there is little change in body temperature).
  • the compound of the present invention is expected as a TRPV1 receptor modulator, particularly as a TRPV1 receptor antagonist, as a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for pain, particularly as a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain or neuropathic pain.
  • the compounds of the present invention are expected to show promising preventive or therapeutic effects for these various diseases. Specifically, acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, back pain, pain after spinal cord injury, lower limb pain, causalgia, diabetic neuralgia, edema, burns, sprains, Pain due to fracture, postoperative pain, periarthritis, osteoarthritis, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis pain, inflammatory pain, cancer pain, migraine, headache, toothache, neuralgia, muscle pain, hyperalgesia, narrow Pain due to heart disease and menstruation, neuropathy, nerve damage, neurodegeneration, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, wheezing, cough, rhinitis, inflammation of mucous membranes such as eyes, neurological skin disease, psoriasis and Inflammatory skin diseases such as eczema
  • Formulation Example 1 Compound of Tablet Example 1 100 g 137g of lactose Crystalline cellulose 30g Hydroxypropylcellulose 15g Carboxymethyl starch sodium 15g Magnesium stearate 3g Weigh the above ingredients and mix evenly. This mixture is compressed into tablets having a weight of 150 mg.
  • Formulation Example 2 Film-coated hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 9g Macrogol 6000 1g Titanium oxide 2g After weighing the above components, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and macrogol 6000 are dissolved in water and titanium oxide is dispersed. This liquid is film-coated on 300 g of the tablet of Preparation Example 1 to obtain film-coated tablets.
  • Formulation Example 3 Capsule Example 2 Compound 50g Lactose 435g Magnesium stearate 15g The above ingredients are weighed and mixed uniformly. The mixture is filled into an appropriate hard capsule in an amount of 300 mg in a capsule encapsulator to obtain a capsule.
  • Formulation Example 4 Capsules Example 6 Compound 100g Lactose 63g Corn starch 25g Hydroxypropylcellulose 10g Talc 2g After weighing the above components, the compound of Example 6, lactose and corn starch are uniformly mixed, an aqueous solution of hydroxypropylcellulose is added, and granules are produced by wet granulation. Talc is uniformly mixed into the granules, and 200 mg in weight is filled into suitable hard capsules to form capsules.
  • Formulation Example 5 Powder Example 10 Compound 200g 790 g of lactose Magnesium stearate 10g After weighing each of the above components, they are mixed uniformly to form a 20% powder.
  • Formulation Example 6 Granules, Fine Granules Compound of Example 12 100 g Lactose 200g Crystalline cellulose 100g Partially pregelatinized starch 50g Hydroxypropylcellulose 50g After weighing the above components, the compound of Example 12, lactose, crystalline cellulose, and partially pregelatinized starch were added and mixed uniformly, an aqueous solution of hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC) was added, and granules or fine granules were obtained by wet granulation. Manufacturing.
  • HPC hydroxypropylcellulose
  • Example 7 Cream Compound of Example 1 0.5 g 0.1 g of dl- ⁇ -tocopherol acetate Stearyl glycyrrhetinate 0.05g Stearic acid 3g Higher alcohol 1g Squalane 10g Octyldodecyl myristate 3g 7g of trimethylglycine Preservative Appropriate amount Saponifying agent Appropriate amount After weighing the above components, the compound of Example 1 is mixed and dissolved. An appropriate amount of purified water is added to make 50 g to obtain a cream formulation.
  • ⁇ Step 3> Synthesis of 3- (5-ethoxycarbonyl-4-pentene) oxy-4-iodotrifluoromethylbenzene (Reference Example 1) Toluene (600) of the compound (100.0 g) obtained in ⁇ Step 2> 0.0 mL), diisobutylaluminum hydride (toluene solution, 341.0 mL) was added dropwise at ⁇ 78 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes and at room temperature for 1 hour. A 0.5 N aqueous sulfuric acid solution (1.4 L) was added, the mixture was extracted with hexane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • Toluene (600) of the compound (100.0 g) obtained in ⁇ Step 2> 0.0 mL) diisobutylaluminum hydride (toluene solution, 341.0 mL) was added dropwise at
  • reaction solution was filtered through celite, water was added, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (15.7 g) as a white solid.
  • Step 2> Synthesis of 7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-one Diphosphorus pentoxide (2.0 g) was added little by little to methanesulfonic acid (18.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours.
  • the compound (2.0 g) obtained in (Reference Example 2) ⁇ Steps 1-A and B> was added over 10 minutes at an external temperature of 70 to 80 ° C. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes, allowed to cool, and poured into ice water (100.0 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was washed successively with water, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, water, and saturated brine.
  • ⁇ Step 3> Synthesis of ethyl 2- (4-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetate N, N-diisopropylamine (45.0 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (600.0 mL) N-Butyllithium (1.6M n-hexane solution) (200.0 mL) was added dropwise to the solution at an external temperature of ⁇ 78 ° C. over 30 minutes. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, ethyl acetate (31.5 mL) was added dropwise, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes.
  • ⁇ Step 2> Synthesis of ethyl 2- (2,2-diethyl-4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetate (Reference Example 4) Compound (29.2 g) obtained in ⁇ Step 1> ) To give the title crude compound (36.3 g) as a white solid in the same manner as in (Reference Example 3) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • ⁇ Step 3> Synthesis of 2- (2,2-diethyl-4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetic acid (Reference Example 4) Compound obtained in ⁇ Step 2> (36.0 g) (Reference Example 3) In the same manner as in ⁇ Step 5>, the title compound (31.1 g) was obtained as a pale yellow oil.
  • Step 2> Synthesis of 2- (4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane])-4-yl) ethyl acetate (Reference Example 5) obtained in ⁇ Step 1>
  • the title crude compound (65.7 g) was obtained as a red-brown oil from the compound (55.0 g) in the same manner as in (Reference Example 3) ⁇ Step 3>.
  • Step 3> Synthesis of 2- (4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1'-cyclobutane])-4-yl) acetic acid (Reference Example 5) obtained in ⁇ Step 2>
  • the title compound (149.2 g) was obtained as a reddish brown gum from the compound (158.0 g) in the same manner as in (Reference Example 3) ⁇ Step 5>.
  • the reaction mixture was poured into 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid under ice-cooling, and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, triturated with ethyl acetate cooled to ⁇ 60 ° C. and collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (7.2 g).
  • ⁇ Step 2> Synthesis of 7-nitro-1H-indene (Reference Example 12) p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate in a toluene (500.0 mL) solution of the compound (14.2 g) obtained in ⁇ Step 1> (4.7 g) was added and heated to reflux for 13 hours. The mixture was neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • Example compounds obtained by using the optically active amines of (Reference Example 7- (A)), (Reference Example 9- (A)), and (Reference Example 11- (A)) used here were each Example compounds.
  • (A) and the optically active amines of (Reference Example 7- (B)), (Reference Example 9- (B)), (Reference Example 11- (B)), and (Reference Example 13- (B)) were used.
  • the Example compound obtained in this manner was used as Example compound (B).
  • Example 4 (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (B The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 7-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) ⁇ Step 4>.
  • Example 11 (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (A) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 11-A) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) ⁇ Step 4>.

Abstract

Disclosed are: a compound represented by formula (I) [wherein m represents a number of 1 or 2; n represents a number of 0 or 1; R1 and R2 independently represent H or a C1-2 alkyl group or may, together with a carbon atom to which both R1 and R2 are attached, form a cyclo ring; the configuration of the hydroxyl group represents one of enantiomers; the dashed line, α, β, 1 and 2 independently represent the position at which each of –OH and –NH- and a carbon atom on the ring are bound to each other, provided that n represents 0 and the binding position for the hydroxyl group is β-position when the binding position for –NH- is position-1], a salt of the compound, or a solvate of the compound or the salt; and a pharmaceutical composition and a TRPV1 receptor antagonist each comprising the compound, the salt or the solvate as an active ingredient.

Description

光学活性なヘテロシクリデン-N-アリールアセトアミド誘導体Optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivatives
 本発明は、医薬、とりわけTransient Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type I 受容体(以下、「TRPV1受容体」と記する)の機能を調節する化合物、とりわけ、光学活性なヘテロシクリデン-N-アリールアセトアミド誘導体、該誘導体を有効成分として含有するTRPV1受容体拮抗剤、あるいは疼痛を含むTRPV1受容体が関与している疾患の予防または治療剤に関する。 The present invention relates to a compound that modulates the function of a pharmaceutical, particularly a Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type I receptor (hereinafter referred to as “TRPV1 receptor”), particularly an optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivative, The present invention relates to a TRPV1 receptor antagonist containing a derivative as an active ingredient, or a preventive or therapeutic agent for a disease involving a TRPV1 receptor including pain.
 発痛のメカニズムに関する研究の中で、唐辛子の主な辛味成分であるカプサイシン(8-メチル-N-バニリル-6-ノナンアミド)の受容体(TRPV1受容体)が1997年にクローニングされた(Caterina MJ, Schumacher MA, Tominaga M  Rosen TA, Levine JD, Julius D.:Nature、389巻:816-824頁、1997年)。TRPV1受容体はカプサイシンを認識する受容体であり、痛覚に関与する一次感覚ニューロンやC線維神経末端を含む求心性感覚線維に多く発現しており、この後、多くのTRPファミリーがクローニングされた。 In the research on the mechanism of pain generation, the receptor (TRPV1 receptor) of capsaicin (8-methyl-N-vanillyl-6-nonanamide), the main pungent component of chili pepper, was cloned in 1997 (Caterina MJ , Schumacher MA, Tominaga M R Rosen TA, Levine JD, Julius D .: Nature, 389: 816-824, 1997). The TRPV1 receptor is a receptor that recognizes capsaicin, and is highly expressed in afferent sensory fibers including primary sensory neurons involved in pain sensation and C-fiber nerve terminals, and many TRP families have been cloned thereafter.
 TRPファミリーは構造として類似しており、6回膜貫通ドメインを持ち、N末端側とC末端側が細胞内に存在する。TRPV1受容体は、カプサイシン刺激、または酸(pH6.0以下)、あるいは熱(43℃以上)に反応してカルシウムイオン、ナトリウムイオンなどのカチオンを細胞内に流入させる。したがって発現部位、およびカプサイシンの作用から、TRPV1受容体の神経興奮への大きな寄与が想定された。更にTRPV1受容体の生体への寄与は多くの既報の情報から明らかにされてきており、特にTRPV1受容体を欠失したマウス(TRPV1ノックアウトマウス)は、神経因性疼痛による熱感受性亢進が認められないこと、Complete Freund's Adjuvant(CFA)惹起炎症性疼痛モデルで浮腫が抑制されていること(Szabo A, Helyes Z, Sandor K, Bite A, Pinter E, Nemeth J, BanVolgyi A, Bolcskei K, Elekes K, Szolcsanyi J.:Journal of Pharmacology And Experimental Therapeutics、314巻:111-119頁、2005年)、あるいは既報のTRPV1受容体作動薬による脱感作作用が神経因性疼痛モデルや炎症性疼痛モデルで鎮痛効果を示すことなどからTRPV1受容体の疼痛への関与が示唆されている(Rashid MH, Inoue M, Kondo S, Kawashima T, Bakoshi S, Ueda H:Journal of Pharmacology And Experimental Therapeutics、304巻:940-948頁、2003年)。 The TRP family is similar in structure, has a 6-transmembrane domain, and has an N-terminal side and a C-terminal side in the cell. The TRPV1 receptor causes cations such as calcium ions and sodium ions to flow into cells in response to capsaicin stimulation, acid (pH 6.0 or lower), or heat (43 ° C. or higher). Therefore, the expression site and the action of capsaicin assumed a large contribution to the neural excitation of the TRPV1 receptor. Furthermore, the contribution of TRPV1 receptor to the living body has been clarified from many reports of information, and in particular, mice lacking TRPV1 receptor (TRPV1 knockout mice) have increased heat sensitivity due to neuropathic pain. Incomplete, Freund's Adjuvant (CFA) -induced inflammatory pain model with suppressed edema (Szabo A, Hellies Z, Sandor K, Bite A, Pinter E, Nemeth J, BanVolk Ek, BV K, Szolcsanyi J .: Journal of Pharmacology And Experimental Therapeutics, 314: 111-119, 2005 ), Or the desensitization effect of a previously reported TRPV1 receptor agonist shows an analgesic effect in a neuropathic pain model or an inflammatory pain model, suggesting that the TRPV1 receptor is involved in pain (Rashid MH). , Inoue M, Kondo S, Kawashima T, Bakoshi S, Ueda H: Journal of Pharmacology And Experimental Therapeutics, 304: 940-948).
 カプサイシンの塗布は一過性の激しい疼痛を惹起するが、その後、脱感作を誘導して鎮痛効果を及ぼし、この特性に基づいてカプサイシンクリームを始めとして多くのTRPV1受容体作動薬が鎮痛薬として開発中である(Saper JR, Klapper J, Mathew NT, Rapoport A, Phillips SB, Bernstein JE,Archives of Neurology,59巻:990-994頁、2002年)。 The application of capsaicin causes transient severe pain, but then induces desensitization and exerts an analgesic effect. Based on this property, many TRPV1 receptor agonists including capsaicin cream are used as analgesics. Under development (Super JR, Klapper J, Mathew NT, Raport A, Phillips SB, Bernstein JE, Archives of Neurology, 59: 990-994, 2002).
 最近、ストレプトゾトシンを投与して誘発された糖尿病性疼痛モデルラットの後根神経節細胞はカプサイシン刺激による脱分極が亢進している、すなわちTRPV1受容体の感受性が亢進していることが報告されており、糖尿病性疼痛に対するTRPV1受容体の関与が示唆されている(Hong S,Wiley JW:The Journal of Biological Chemistry、280巻:618-627頁、2005年)。また、TRPV1受容体作動薬であるカプサイシンの脱感作作用が膀胱機能改善に有望との報告があり、排尿への寄与も示唆されている(武田正之、荒木勇雄、日本薬理学雑誌、121巻、325-330頁、2003年)。更に、カプサイシン刺激による気管支の収縮やこの作用に対するTRPV1受容体拮抗薬の阻害効果などの報告もあり、呼吸器への関与も示唆されるなど、TRPV1受容体が様々な疾患に関与していることが明らかにされてきている。これらの情報からTRPV1受容体の機能を調節する、いわゆるTRPV1受容体調節剤の有用性が期待されている。 Recently, it has been reported that dorsal root ganglion cells induced by administration of streptozotocin have increased depolarization induced by capsaicin, that is, increased sensitivity to TRPV1 receptor. It has been suggested that the TRPV1 receptor is involved in diabetic pain (Hong S, Wiley JW: The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 280: 618-627, 2005). In addition, it has been reported that the desensitizing action of capsaicin, a TRPV1 receptor agonist, is promising for improving bladder function, and it has been suggested that it contributes to urination (Masayuki Takeda, Takeo Araki, Journal of Japanese Pharmacology, Vol. 121). 325-330, 2003). Furthermore, there are reports of bronchoconstriction induced by capsaicin and the inhibitory effect of TRPV1 receptor antagonists on this action, suggesting involvement in respiratory organs, etc. TRPV1 receptor is involved in various diseases Has been revealed. From such information, the usefulness of a so-called TRPV1 receptor modulator that regulates the function of the TRPV1 receptor is expected.
 TRPV1調節剤のうちTRPV1受容体を刺激して脱感作を誘導する作動薬及び拮抗薬はともに様々な疾患に対する有用性が期待されているが、このうち作動薬は一過性の激しい刺激による発痛を惹起することなどから、このような刺激による興奮を誘発しないTRPV1受容体拮抗薬が注目されている。現在、TRPV1受容体拮抗作用を有する化合物は、鎮痛薬、尿失禁治療薬、呼吸器疾患治療薬等幅広い有用性が期待されている。
 「痛みは、組織の実質的あるいは潜在的な傷害に基づいて起こる不快な感覚的・情動的体験、また、このような表現を使って述べられる感覚・情動体験も含まれる」と、定義されている。痛みは、大きく3つに分類されて1.侵害受容性疼痛、2.神経因性疼痛、3.心因性疼痛に分類される。
 侵害受容性疼痛とは、機械刺激、温度刺激、化学的刺激によって引き起こされる生理的な痛みであり、一般的にいう急性痛のことである。このような痛みは危険から身を守るための不快な感覚体験に基づいた生体センサーとしての役割を果たしている。しかしながら、リウマチなどの痛みは確かに急性疼痛と思われていたが、発症からの期間が長くなり、炎症が慢性化することにより、慢性疼痛となる。
 組織損傷後や炎症時には熱刺激や機械刺激に対する痛覚過敏が生じる。熱刺激や機械刺激に対する痛覚過敏の説明として疼痛誘発物質、疼痛誘発刺激に対する受容体の感作が報告されており、炎症局所に出現する炎症性メディエーターやpH低下による痛み受容体の感作、炎症局所の温度上昇によるブラジキニンやヒスタミンに対する反応性の増大、更に神経成長因子(NGF)による感作などが挙げられる(参照文献:痛み -基礎・診断・治療- 花岡一雄[編集] 朝倉書店 2004年)。具体的な疾患としては、慢性関節リウマチ、変形性膝関節症などの疾患が代表的な例として挙げられる。慢性リウマチ性関節炎や変形性膝関節症によって引き起こされる疼痛を含む炎症性疼痛に対して、長い間、非ステロイド性消炎鎮痛薬(NSAIDs)が使用されてきたが、消化器障害、腎障害による副作用があり使用が制限されていた。更に近年、NSAIDsの副作用を軽減させるために開発されたシクロオキシゲナーゼ2選択的阻害剤(COX2阻害剤)は心不全が起きる副作用が懸念されて、社会的問題に発展している。従って、経口投与でより高い有効性を示し、副作用の少ない炎症性疼痛治療剤が求められている。
 術後疼痛は、基本的には組織損傷に伴う炎症性疼痛であり、それに神経損傷に由来する神経原生の疼痛の要素も加味される。術後痛は、大きく体性痛と内臓痛に分けられ、体性痛は更に浅部痛と深部痛に分けられる。これらのうち強い術後痛を放置しておくと神経感作が生じて触る、圧すなど非侵害性刺激に対しても痛みを感じる(アロディニア)。このような痛みが発生した場合には、神経ブロック療法や、NSAIDsや抗てんかん薬やオピオイド作動薬などの薬物投与によりコントロールできない難治な症例も多く、また、使用される各薬物は、例えば、NSAIDsであれば消化器障害・腎障害による副作用;抗癲癇薬において、カルバマゼピン、フェニトインであれば、ふらつき、発疹、消化器症状、心毒性等、ガバペンチンであれば、傾眠やめまい等の副作用;オピオイド作動薬であれば、便秘などのそれぞれ副作用を伴うため、より高い有効性を示して副作用の少ない術後疼痛治療剤が求められている。
Of the TRPV1 modulators, agonists and antagonists that stimulate the TRPV1 receptor to induce desensitization are expected to be useful for various diseases, and among them, agonists are caused by transient intense stimulation. A TRPV1 receptor antagonist that does not induce excitement due to such stimulation has attracted attention because it induces pain. At present, compounds having TRPV1 receptor antagonistic activity are expected to have a wide range of usefulness such as analgesics, urinary incontinence drugs, and respiratory disease drugs.
“Pain includes unpleasant sensory and emotional experiences that occur based on substantial or potential injury to the tissue, as well as sensory and emotional experiences that are described using such expressions.” Yes. There are three major types of pain. Nociceptive pain, 2. 2. neuropathic pain; Classified as psychogenic pain.
Nociceptive pain is physiological pain caused by mechanical stimulation, temperature stimulation, and chemical stimulation, and is generally referred to as acute pain. Such pain serves as a biosensor based on an unpleasant sensory experience to protect yourself from danger. However, although pain such as rheumatism was certainly thought to be acute pain, it becomes chronic pain as the period from onset becomes longer and inflammation becomes chronic.
Hyperalgesia to thermal and mechanical stimuli occurs after tissue damage and during inflammation. Sensitization of pain-inducing substances and receptors to pain-inducing stimuli has been reported as an explanation for hyperalgesia to thermal and mechanical stimuli. Inflammatory mediators appearing locally in inflammation and sensitization of pain receptors by lowering pH, inflammation Increased responsiveness to bradykinin and histamine due to local temperature rise, and further sensitization with nerve growth factor (NGF), etc. (Reference: Pain-Basics / Diagnosis / Treatment-Kazuo Hanaoka [edit] Asakura Shoten 2004) . Specific examples of diseases include rheumatoid arthritis and osteoarthritis of the knee. Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory analgesics (NSAIDs) have been used for a long time for inflammatory pain, including pain caused by chronic rheumatoid arthritis and knee osteoarthritis. There was limited use. Furthermore, in recent years, cyclooxygenase 2-selective inhibitors (COX2 inhibitors) developed to reduce the side effects of NSAIDs have developed into social problems due to concerns about the side effects that cause heart failure. Accordingly, there is a need for a therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain that exhibits higher efficacy by oral administration and has fewer side effects.
Postoperative pain is basically inflammatory pain associated with tissue damage, and also includes elements of neurogenic pain resulting from nerve damage. Postoperative pain is broadly divided into somatic pain and visceral pain, and somatic pain is further divided into shallow pain and deep pain. Of these, leaving strong postoperative pain causes nerve sensitization and feels pain against non-noxious stimuli such as touch and pressure (allodynia). When such pain occurs, there are many intractable cases that cannot be controlled by administration of drugs such as nerve block therapy, NSAIDs, antiepileptic drugs and opioid agonists, and each drug used is, for example, NSAIDs If it is, side effects due to gastrointestinal disorders / renal disorders; if it is carbamazepine or phenytoin in anti-epileptic drugs, such as staggering, rash, gastrointestinal symptoms, cardiotoxicity, etc. If gabapentin, side effects such as somnolence or dizziness; opioid action Since drugs are associated with side effects such as constipation, there is a need for postoperative pain treatment agents that exhibit higher efficacy and fewer side effects.
 神経因性疼痛は、末梢から中枢への神経伝達系のどこかの部分の一次的損傷によって惹起されるか、機能異常によって引き起こされる痛みである(図説最新麻酔科学シリーズ4、痛みの臨床 第1章、檀健二郎、1998年、メジカルビュー社)。
 神経因性疼痛を引き起こす原因となる神経の傷害は、代表的には、末梢神経、神経叢または神経周囲軟組織への外傷または傷害等であるが、中枢性の体性感覚経路(脊髄、脳幹、視床または皮質レベルでの上行体性感覚経路など)への傷害によっても起こる。例えば、神経変性疾患、骨変性疾患、代謝異常疾患、癌、感染、炎症、外科的手術後、外傷、放射線治療、抗癌剤による治療等いずれによっても発生し得る。しかし、その病態生理学、あるいは、特に発症の分子的メカニズムが完全に明らかにされているわけではない。
 神経因性疼痛を特徴づける皮膚の反応異常として、例えばアロディニアが知られている。アロディニアとは正常なヒトでは痛みと感じない刺激で痛みを感じる状態である。アロディニアでは触刺激により痛みが引き起こされる、すなわち、感覚反応の質的な転換がある点、及び、その閾値自体が低下している点がアロディニアの基本的な特性と考えられている。神経因性疼痛の代表であるヘルペス後神経痛では、87%の患者にアロディニアが確認されている。そして、ヘルペス後神経痛の痛みの強さは、アロディニアの度合に比例しているとされている。患者の自由を著しく縛る症状としてアロディニアがヘルペス後神経痛の治療対象として注目されている。
Neuropathic pain is pain caused by primary damage to any part of the nerve transmission system from the periphery to the center or caused by dysfunction (illustration latest anesthesiology series 4, clinical clinic of pain 1 Akira, Kenjiro Dan, 1998, Medical View Inc.).
The nerve injury that causes neuropathic pain is typically trauma or injury to the peripheral nerve, plexus or perineural soft tissue, but the central somatosensory pathway (spinal cord, brainstem, It can also be caused by injury to the ascending somatosensory pathway at the thalamus or cortical level). For example, it can be caused by any of neurodegenerative diseases, bone degenerative diseases, metabolic disorders, cancer, infection, inflammation, surgical operation, trauma, radiation therapy, treatment with anticancer agents, and the like. However, its pathophysiology, or in particular the molecular mechanism of onset, has not been fully clarified.
For example, allodynia is known as an abnormal skin reaction that characterizes neuropathic pain. Allodynia is a condition in which pain is felt by a stimulus that does not feel pain in normal humans. In allodynia, pain is caused by tactile stimulation, that is, there is a qualitative change in sensory response, and the threshold itself is considered to be a basic characteristic of allodynia. In postherpetic neuralgia, which is representative of neuropathic pain, allodynia has been confirmed in 87% of patients. The intensity of postherpetic neuralgia is proportional to the degree of allodynia. Allodynia is attracting attention as a treatment target for postherpetic neuralgia as a symptom that significantly limits patient freedom.
 ヘルペスは、一度感染したヘルペスウィルスが神経で再活性化して発症する疾患でヘルペス患者の70%が強い疼痛を感じる。この疼痛は疾患の治癒と共に消失するが、10%前後の患者は治癒後も痛みが長年にわたって残存していわゆるヘルペス後神経痛に悩まされている。発症機序は、ヘルペスウィルスの再増殖が神経節から起きており、この際に発生した神経傷害がシナプスの再編成を促して神経因性疼痛であるアロディニアを起こしていると言われている。臨床現場では高齢者ほどヘルペス後神経痛を発症しやすく、70%以上は60歳以上の症例である。治療薬として抗痙攣薬、非ステロイド性抗炎症薬、ステロイドなどが使用されているが完全な治療法はない(参照文献:痛み -基礎・診断・治療-  花岡一雄[編集]  朝倉書店 2004年)。
 糖尿病性疼痛には高血糖を急速に是正したときに発症する急性疼痛と、脱髄、神経再生などの要因で発症する慢性疼痛に大きく分かれる。この糖尿病性疼痛のうち、慢性疼痛は糖尿病による血流の低下により後根神経節の炎症が生じ、引き続き生じる神経線維の再生により、神経の自然発火や易興奮性が起きる神経因性疼痛である。治療法としては非ステロイド性抗炎症薬、抗うつ剤、カプサイシンクリームなどが使用されているが単一薬剤で全ての糖尿病性疼痛を治癒できる完全な糖尿病性疼痛治療薬はない(参照文献:医薬のあゆみ 第211巻・第5号 2004年、特集「痛みシグナルの制御機構と最新治療エビデンス」)。
Herpes is a disease that develops when the herpes virus once infected is reactivated in the nerve, and 70% of herpes patients feel intense pain. Although this pain disappears with the healing of the disease, around 10% of patients suffer from so-called postherpetic neuralgia, with pain remaining for many years after healing. The onset mechanism is said to be that herpes virus re-growth occurs from the ganglia, and the nerve injury that occurs at this time promotes synaptic reorganization and causes allodynia, which is neuropathic pain. In clinical practice, older adults are more likely to develop postherpetic neuralgia, with more than 70% being 60 years or older. Anticonvulsants, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, steroids, etc. are used as therapeutic agents, but there is no complete treatment (Reference: Pain-Basics / Diagnosis / Treatment-Kazuo Hanaoka [edit] Asakura Shoten 2004) .
Diabetic pain is broadly divided into acute pain that develops when hyperglycemia is corrected rapidly and chronic pain that develops due to factors such as demyelination and nerve regeneration. Among these diabetic pains, chronic pain is neuropathic pain in which dorsal root ganglion inflammation is caused by a decrease in blood flow due to diabetes, and subsequent nerve fiber regeneration causes spontaneous nerve firing and excitability. . Non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, antidepressants, capsaicin cream, etc. are used as treatment methods, but there is no complete treatment for diabetic pain that can cure all diabetic pain with a single drug (Reference: Pharmaceuticals) Noyumi 211, No.5 2004, special issue "Pain Signal Control Mechanism and Latest Treatment Evidence").
 神経因性疼痛において、慢性的な疼痛症状を訴え、疼痛そのものが日常生活に支障をきたしているような患者に対して鎮痛療法を行うことは、直接、生活(生命)の質(Quality of Life)を改善することにつながる。しかし、神経因性疼痛にはモルヒネを代表とする中枢性鎮痛薬、非ステロイド性消炎鎮痛薬やステロイドは無効であるとされており、実際の薬物療法では、アミトリプチリンなどの抗うつ薬の処方や、ガバペンチン、プレガバリン、カルバマゼピン、フェニトインなどの抗癲癇薬、メキシレチンなどの抗不整脈薬が転用、処方されている。ところが、これらの薬物には、副作用として、アミトリプチリンには口渇、眠気、鎮静、便秘、排尿困難などが、カルバマゼピン、フェニトインにはふらつき、発疹、消化器症状、心毒性などが、ガバペンチンには傾眠やめまいが、メキシレチンにはめまいや消化器症状などが知られている。特異的な神経因性疼痛治療薬ではないこれらの薬物は、薬効と副作用の乖離が悪く、治療の満足度は低い。従って、経口投与でより高い有効性を示し、副作用の少ない神経因性疼痛治療剤が求められている。 In neuropathic pain, pain relief treatment for patients who complain of chronic pain symptoms and the pain itself interferes with daily life is directly related to quality of life (Quality of Life). ) Leads to improvement. However, central neuropathic drugs such as morphine, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory analgesics and steroids are considered to be ineffective for neuropathic pain. In actual drug therapy, prescription of antidepressants such as amitriptyline and In addition, anti-arrhythmic drugs such as gabapentin, pregabalin, carbamazepine, phenytoin, and mexiletine are diverted and prescribed. However, these drugs have side effects such as dry mouth, drowsiness, sedation, constipation, difficulty in urinating, etc. for amitriptyline, carbamazepine, phenytoin, rash, gastrointestinal symptoms, cardiotoxicity, and somnolence for gabapentin. Vertigo, but mexiletine is known for vertigo and digestive symptoms. These drugs, which are not specific neuropathic pain treatment drugs, have a poor difference between drug efficacy and side effects, and treatment satisfaction is low. Accordingly, there is a need for a therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain that exhibits higher efficacy by oral administration and has fewer side effects.
 近年、TRPV1受容体拮抗作用を有する化合物の研究が進められている。アミド結合を有する複素環化合物として、例えば、国際公開第03/049702号パンフレット(特許文献1)、国際公開第04/056774号パンフレット(特許文献2)、国際公開第04/069792号パンフレット(特許文献3)、国際公開第04/100865号パンフレット(特許文献4)、国際公開第04/110986号パンフレット(特許文献5)、国際公開第05/016922号パンフレット(特許文献6)、国際公開第05/030766号パンフレット(特許文献7)、国際公開第05/040121号パンフレット(特許文献8)、国際公開第05/046683号パンフレット(特許文献9)、国際公開第05/070885号パンフレット(特許文献10)、国際公開第05/095329号パンフレット(特許文献11)、国際公開第06/006741号パンフレット(特許文献12)、国際公開第06/038871号パンフレット(特許文献13)、国際公開第06/058338号(特許文献14)などが知られている。しかしながら、これらの特許文献には、TRPV1阻害剤と体温変化との関係を、解決すべき課題として取り扱ったものはない。また、これらの特許文献にはヘテロシクリデン-N-(アリール)アセトアミド誘導体の開示はない。 In recent years, research on compounds having an antagonistic action on TRPV1 receptor has been underway. Examples of the heterocyclic compound having an amide bond include, for example, International Publication No. 03/049702 pamphlet (Patent Document 1), International Publication No. 04/056774 pamphlet (Patent Document 2), International Publication No. 04/069792 pamphlet (Patent Document). 3) Pamphlet of International Publication No. 04/100985 (Patent Document 4), Pamphlet of International Publication No. 04/110986 (Patent Document 5), Pamphlet of International Publication No. 05/016922 (Patent Document 6), International Publication No. 05 / 030766 pamphlet (patent document 7), WO05 / 040121 pamphlet (patent document 8), WO05 / 046683 pamphlet (patent document 9), WO05 / 070885 pamphlet (patent document 10). , International Publication No. 05/095329 Pamphlet (Patent Document 11), International Publication No. 06/006741 pamphlet (Patent Document 12), International Publication No. 06/038871 pamphlet (Patent Document 13), International Publication No. 06/058338 (Patent Document 14), etc. It has been. However, none of these patent documents treats the relationship between a TRPV1 inhibitor and a change in body temperature as a problem to be solved. In addition, these patent documents do not disclose heterocyclidene-N- (aryl) acetamide derivatives.
 ヘテロシクリデン骨格を有する化合物を開示した従来技術として、国際公開第94/26692号パンフレット(特許文献15)、国際公開第95/06035号パンフレット(特許文献16)、国際公開第98/39325号パンフレット(特許文献17)、国際公開第03/042181号パンフレット(特許文献18)、特開2001-213870号公報(特許文献19)、国際公開第06/064075号パンフレット(特許文献20)、国際公開第07/010383号パンフレット(特許文献21)、ジャーナル・オブ・ヘテロサイクリック・ケミストリー(Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry),第22巻、第6号、1511-18頁、1985年(非特許文献1)、テトラへドロン・レターズ(Tetrahedron Letters),第42巻,第18号、3227-3230頁、2001年(非特許文献2)、ケミカル・ファーマシューティカル・ブリチン(Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin),第47巻,3号,329-339頁、1999年(非特許文献3)が挙げられる。
 特許文献15には、筋弛緩剤として、1(2H)-ベンゾピラン-4-イリデン骨格あるいは1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-4-キノリデン骨格を有し、アセトアミド構造のN原子に水素原子、アルキル基、あるいはシクロアルキル基が結合した構造を有する化合物が開示されているが、N原子に置換アリール基あるいはヘテロアリール基等が結合した化合物の開示はない。また、特許文献16~18には、アルギニンバソプレシン拮抗薬もしくはオキシトシン拮抗薬として、4,4-ジフルオロ-2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロ-1(1H)-ベンゾジアゼピン骨格を有し、該骨格の1位のN原子にアリールの結合したアリールカルボニル基が結合した特定の構造の化合物が開示されている。
 特許文献19には、静電写真トナー用の新規電荷制御剤として、2-(1,2-ベンゾイソチアゾール-3(2H)-イリデン 1,1-ジオキシド)アセトアミド誘導体としてアセトアミドのN原子に置換フェニル基を有する特定の化合物が開示されている。
 特許文献20には、カルパイン阻害剤として、2,3-ジヒドロ-1-オキソ-1H-イソキノリン-4-イリデンのアミド誘導体として、3位にsec-ブチル基を有する特定の構造の化合物が開示されている。
 特許文献21には、TRPV1受容体拮抗剤として新規なヘテロシクリデンアセトアミド誘導体が開示されている。しかし、本特許文献には、ヘテロシクリデンアセトアミド誘導体と体温変化との関わりについては一切開示が無い。
As conventional techniques for disclosing compounds having a heterocyclidene skeleton, WO94 / 26692 pamphlet (Patent Document 15), WO95 / 06035 pamphlet (Patent Document 16), WO98 / 39325 pamphlet. (Patent Document 17), International Publication No. 03/042181 pamphlet (Patent Document 18), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-213870 (Patent Document 19), International Publication No. 06/064075 pamphlet (Patent Document 20), International Publication No. 07/010383 pamphlet (Patent Document 21), Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, Vol. 22, No. 6, pp. 1511-18, 1985 (Non-Patent Document 1), Tetra Hedron Letta (Tetrahedron Letters), Vol. 42, No. 18, pp. 3227-3230, 2001 (Non-Patent Document 2), Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, Vol. 47, No. 3, 329 -339, 1999 (Non-Patent Document 3).
Patent Document 15 discloses that a muscle relaxant has a 1 (2H) -benzopyran-4-ylidene skeleton or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-4-quinolidene skeleton, a hydrogen atom at the N atom of the acetamide structure, A compound having a structure in which an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group is bonded is disclosed, but there is no disclosure of a compound in which a substituted aryl group or a heteroaryl group is bonded to an N atom. Patent Documents 16 to 18 have a 4,4-difluoro-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 (1H) -benzodiazepine skeleton as an arginine vasopressin antagonist or oxytocin antagonist, A compound having a specific structure in which an arylcarbonyl group to which aryl is bonded to the N atom at the 1-position is disclosed.
In Patent Document 19, as a new charge control agent for an electrophotographic toner, 2- (1,2-benzisothiazole-3 (2H) -ylidene 1,1-dioxide) acetamide derivative is substituted with N atom of acetamide. Certain compounds having a phenyl group are disclosed.
Patent Document 20 discloses a compound having a specific structure having a sec-butyl group at the 3-position as an amide derivative of 2,3-dihydro-1-oxo-1H-isoquinoline-4-ylidene as a calpain inhibitor. ing.
Patent Document 21 discloses a novel heterocyclideneacetamide derivative as a TRPV1 receptor antagonist. However, this patent document does not disclose any relation between the heterocyclideneacetamide derivative and body temperature change.
 非特許文献1には、オキシインドール誘導体の合成に関する報告において、2-(1,2-ジヒドロ-2-オキソ-3H-インドール-3-イリデン)-N,N-ジメチル-アセトアミドが開示されているが、N原子に置換アリール基あるいはヘテロアリール基等は結合していない。
 非特許文献2には、N-methyl-D-aspartate(NMDA)アンタゴニストとして、(1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-2-オキソ-5H-1,4,-ベンゾジアゼピン-5-イリデン)アセトアミド誘導体としてアセトアミドのN原子にフェニル基が結合した特定の構造の化合物が開示されている。
 非特許文献3には、非ペプチド性アルギニンバソプレシン拮抗薬として、(2,3,4,5-テトラヒドロ-1(1H)-ベンゾジアゼピン-5-イリデン)アセトアミド誘導体としてアセトアミドのN原子に2-ピリジルメチル基が結合し、当該ベンゾジアゼピン骨格には置換基を有さない特定の構造の化合物が開示されている。
 特許文献15~20及び非特許文献1~3に開示のヘテロシクリデン骨格を有する化合物には、TRPV1受容体の拮抗作用については開示も示唆もない。
 尚、参考までに述べると、本出願人は、先に下記式(A)で表されるTRPV1受容体調節剤についても出願している(国際公開第08/091021号パンフレット;PCT/JP2008/051471(特許文献22))。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 
 TPRV1受容体拮抗剤の投与により体温上昇を来すことが報告されている(ジャーナル・オブ・メディシナル・ケミストリー(Journal of Medicinal Chemistry)、第48巻、第6号、1857-72頁、2005年(非特許文献4)、ジャーナル・オブ・ニューロサイエンス(Journal of Neuroscience)、第27巻、第13号、3366-74頁、2007年(非特許文献5))。また、最近では、ラットにおいて体温上昇を来さないTRPV1調節剤の例が報告されつつある(ジャーナル・オブ・ファーマコロジカル・アンド・エクスペリメンタル・セラペウティクス(Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics)、第326巻、第1号、218-29頁、2008年(非特許文献6))。しかし、本発明のようなシクリデン骨格を有する化合物についての示唆はない。
Non-Patent Document 1 discloses 2- (1,2-dihydro-2-oxo-3H-indole-3-ylidene) -N, N-dimethyl-acetamide in a report on the synthesis of oxindole derivatives. However, a substituted aryl group or a heteroaryl group is not bonded to the N atom.
Non-Patent Document 2 discloses (1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-oxo-5H-1,4, -benzodiazepine-5-ylidene) acetamide derivatives as N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) antagonists. As a compound having a specific structure in which a phenyl group is bonded to the N atom of acetamide.
Non-Patent Document 3 discloses a non-peptidic arginine vasopressin antagonist, (2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-1 (1H) -benzodiazepine-5-ylidene) acetamide derivative as 2-pyridylmethyl at the N atom of acetamide. A compound having a specific structure in which a group is bonded and the benzodiazepine skeleton does not have a substituent is disclosed.
None of the compounds having a heterocyclidene skeleton disclosed in Patent Documents 15 to 20 and Non-Patent Documents 1 to 3 disclose or suggest an antagonistic action of the TRPV1 receptor.
For reference, the applicant has also filed a TRPV1 receptor modulator represented by the following formula (A) (International Publication No. 08/091021; PCT / JP2008 / 051471). (Patent Document 22)).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

It has been reported that administration of a TPRV1 receptor antagonist causes an increase in body temperature (Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 48, No. 6, 1857-72, 2005 ( Non-patent document 4), Journal of Neuroscience, Vol. 27, No. 13, pages 3366-74, 2007 (non-patent document 5)). Recently, an example of a TRPV1 modulator that does not cause an increase in body temperature in rats is being reported (Journal of Pharmaceutical Therapy and Experimental Therapeutics, Vol. 326). 1, pp. 218-29, 2008 (Non-patent Document 6)). However, there is no suggestion about a compound having a cyclidene skeleton as in the present invention.
 医薬品開発においては、目的とする薬理活性のみでなく、吸収、分布、代謝、排泄等の各種の面で厳しいクライテリアを満たすことが要求される。例えば、薬物相互作用、脱感受性ないし耐性、経口投与時の消化管吸収、小腸内への移行速度、吸収速度と初回通過効果、臓器バリアー、蛋白結合、薬物代謝酵素の誘導、排泄経路や体内クリアランス、適用方法(適用部位、方法、目的)等において種々の検討課題が要求され、これらを満たすものはなかなか見出されない。
 TRPV1受容体拮抗薬についてもこれらの医薬品開発上の総合的課題は常にあり、いまだ上市されるには至っていない。より具体的には、TRPV1受容体拮抗作用を有する化合物についても、例えば、代謝安定性が低く経口投与が困難であること、不整脈を起こす危険性があるhERG(human ether-a-go-go related gene)チャネルの阻害活性を示すこと、あるいは吸収性や持続性等の薬物動態が良好ではないなど、有用性や安全性の課題がある。また臨床試験の段階でわかってくる課題もある。例えば、TRPV1受容体拮抗剤の投与に伴う体温変化の少ないことも挙げられるが、この課題を解決する化合物の可能性を示唆する従来技術としては、僅かに非特許文献6において、特定構造の化合物についての考察があるが、化学構造に関する一般的な示唆はない。そしてこれらの問題を可能な限り多く解決し、且つ活性の高い化合物が求められているのである。
 加えて、先述した現在神経因性疼痛を含めた疼痛の治療に使用されている従来の薬物より、前出のような副作用の少ない化合物が求められているのである。
In drug development, not only intended pharmacological activity but also various criteria such as absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion are required to meet strict criteria. For example, drug interaction, desensitization or tolerance, digestive tract absorption after oral administration, transfer rate into the small intestine, absorption rate and first-pass effect, organ barrier, protein binding, induction of drug metabolizing enzymes, excretion route and clearance in the body Various application issues are required in the application method (application site, method, purpose) and the like, and it is difficult to find one that satisfies them.
As for TRPV1 receptor antagonists, there are always comprehensive problems in the development of these drugs, and they have not yet been put on the market. More specifically, for compounds having a TRPV1 receptor antagonistic activity, for example, hERG (human ether-a-go-go related) has low metabolic stability and is difficult to be administered orally, and has a risk of causing arrhythmia. gene) There are problems of usefulness and safety, such as exhibiting channel inhibitory activity or poor pharmacokinetics such as absorption and sustainability. There are also issues to be identified at the clinical trial stage. For example, although there is little change in body temperature associated with administration of a TRPV1 receptor antagonist, as a conventional technique that suggests the possibility of a compound that solves this problem, a non-patent document 6 describes a compound having a specific structure. There is no general suggestion about chemical structure. There is a need for compounds that solve these problems as much as possible and that are highly active.
In addition, there is a need for compounds that have fewer side effects than the conventional drugs currently used for the treatment of pain, including neuropathic pain as described above.
国際公開第03/049702号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 03/049702 Pamphlet 国際公開第04/056774号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 04/056774 pamphlet 国際公開第04/069792号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 04/069792 Pamphlet 国際公開第04/100865号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 04/100865 Pamphlet 国際公開第04/110986号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 04/110986 Pamphlet 国際公開第05/016922号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 05/016922 Pamphlet 国際公開第05/030766号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 05/030766 Pamphlet 国際公開第05/040121号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 05/040121 Pamphlet 国際公開第05/046683号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 05/046683 Pamphlet 国際公開第05/070885号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 05/070885 Pamphlet 国際公開第05/095329号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 05/095329 Pamphlet 国際公開第06/006741号パンフレットWO 06/006741 pamphlet 国際公開第06/038871号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 06/038871 Pamphlet 国際公開第06/058338号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 06/058338 Pamphlet 国際公開第94/26692号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 94/26692 Pamphlet 国際公開第95/06035号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 95/06035 Pamphlet 国際公開第98/39325号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 98/39325 Pamphlet 国際公開第03/042181号パンフレットInternational Publication No. 03/042181 Pamphlet 特開2001-213870号公報JP 2001-213870 A 国際公開第06/064075号公報International Publication No. 06/064075 国際公開第07/010383号公報International Publication No. 07/010383 国際公開第08/091021号パンフレット;PCT出願番号:PCT/JP2008/051471International Publication No. 08/091021 pamphlet; PCT application number: PCT / JP2008 / 051471
 かかる状況下において、経口投与が可能であり、安全性が高く、有効性に優れたTRPV1受容体調節剤、とりわけ、TRPV1受容体拮抗剤、あるいはTRPV1受容体が関与する疾患の予防または治療剤(とりわけ疼痛の予防または治療剤)が求められている。特に、前述のような従来技術における問題点、より具体的に言えば、アミトリプチリンの副作用である口渇、眠気、鎮静、便秘、排尿困難など、カルバマゼピン、フェニトインの副作用である発疹、消化器症状、心毒性など、ガバペンチンの副作用である傾眠やめまいなど、メキシレチンの副作用であるめまいや消化器症状など、非ステロイド性消炎鎮痛薬の副作用である消化器障害など、あるいはCOX2阻害剤の副作用である心不全などの副作用の問題点、あるいは、hERG電流の抑制作用の低減;代謝安定性や吸収性の向上、経口投与可能性、薬物動態や溶解性の改善、体温上昇を来さないなどの取組むべき課題がある。そして、これらの課題の少なくとも1つ以上を克服したヒトを含む哺乳動物に対して経口投与可能な薬剤、とりわけ体温変化の少ない臨床上使い勝手の良い、TRPV1受容体が関与する疾患の予防または治療剤(とりわけ疼痛の予防または治療剤)が望まれている。 Under such circumstances, TRPV1 receptor modulators that can be administered orally, have high safety and are highly effective, especially TRPV1 receptor antagonists, or preventive or therapeutic agents for diseases involving TRPV1 receptors ( In particular, there is a demand for a preventive or therapeutic agent for pain. In particular, the problems in the prior art as described above, more specifically, amitriptyline side effects such as dry mouth, drowsiness, sedation, constipation, difficulty in urination, carbamazepine, phenytoin side effects rash, digestive symptoms, Cardiotoxicity and other side effects of gabapentin, such as somnolence and dizziness, such as dizziness and gastrointestinal symptoms that are side effects of mexiletine, gastrointestinal disorders that are side effects of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory analgesics, and heart failure that is a side effect of COX2 inhibitors Problems such as side effects such as reduction of hERG current inhibitory effect; improvement of metabolic stability and absorbability, oral administration possibility, improvement of pharmacokinetics and solubility, and problems to be addressed There is. And a drug that can be administered orally to mammals including humans that has overcome at least one of these problems, especially a clinically user-friendly preventive or therapeutic agent for a disease involving TRPV1 receptor with little body temperature change (In particular, a preventive or therapeutic agent for pain) is desired.
 本発明は、TRPV1受容体の機能を調節する作用を有する化合物、とりわけ式(I)で表される光学活性なヘテロシクリデン-N-アリールアセトアミド誘導体またはそれらの製薬学的に許容される塩またはそれらの溶媒和物、該誘導体を有効成分として含有するTRPV1受容体調節剤、とりわけ、TRPV1受容体拮抗剤、あるいは疼痛の予防または治療剤、とりわけ神経因性疼痛の予防または治療剤、線維筋痛症の予防または治療剤、炎症性疼痛の予防または治療剤よりなるものである。 The present invention relates to a compound having an action of modulating the function of TRPV1 receptor, particularly an optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivative represented by formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, Those solvates, TRPV1 receptor modulators containing the derivatives as active ingredients, especially TRPV1 receptor antagonists, or preventive or therapeutic agents for pain, especially preventive or therapeutic agents for neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia It comprises a preventive or therapeutic agent for symptom and a preventive or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく、安全性が高く、有効性に優れたTRPV1受容体の機能を調節する作用を有する化合物を得るべく、鋭意研究を重ねてきた結果、式(I)で表される光学活性なヘテロシクリデン-N-アリールアセトアミド誘導体またはそれらの製薬学的に許容される塩またはそれらの溶媒和物が、優れたTRPV1受容体の機能を調節する作用を有し、且つこの化合物群は、代謝安定性が高く、優れた経口吸収性をもつこと、溶解性が良好であること、あるいは体温上昇を来さない(とりわけ、体温変化の少ない)ことなど少なくとも一つ以上の特徴を有することを見出した。当該化合物を有効成分として含有する医薬組成物は、経口投与可能な疼痛の予防または治療剤、とりわけ神経因性疼痛の予防または治療剤、線維筋痛症の予防または治療剤、炎症性疼痛の予防または治療剤として期待される。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have conducted extensive research to obtain a compound having a function of regulating the function of TRPV1 receptor, which is highly safe and excellent in effectiveness. The optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivatives represented by the formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof has an effect of regulating the function of an excellent TRPV1 receptor. In addition, this compound group has at least one of high metabolic stability, excellent oral absorbability, good solubility, and no increase in body temperature (especially little change in body temperature). It has been found that it has the above characteristics. A pharmaceutical composition containing the compound as an active ingredient is a preventive or therapeutic agent for orally administrable pain, in particular, a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain, a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for fibromyalgia, a prophylactic agent for inflammatory pain. Or it is expected as a therapeutic agent.
 本発明は、以下の態様に示される式(I)で表される光学活性なヘテロシクリデン-N-アリールアセトアミド誘導体またはその塩、それらを有効成分とする医薬組成物、並びに該誘導体またはその塩の医薬用途である。
 以下本発明の各態様について説明する。なお、本発明化合物に関する説明において、例えば「C16」とは、特に断らない限り、鎖状の基については「構成炭素数1ないし6の直鎖または分枝鎖」を意味する。また、環状の基についてはその「環の構成炭素員数」を意味する。
 本発明の式(I)で表される化合物の分子量は特には限定されないが、分子量700以下であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、分子量550以下である。かかる分子量の限定は、近年のドラッグデザインにおいて、化合物の構造を特定する際、薬理学的な特徴のある基本骨格に加え、他の大きな限定要因として日常的に用いられる。
The present invention relates to an optically active heterocyclidene-N-arylacetamide derivative represented by the formula (I) shown in the following embodiments or a salt thereof, a pharmaceutical composition containing them as an active ingredient, and the derivative or a salt thereof. For medical use.
Hereinafter, each aspect of the present invention will be described. Incidentally, in the description of the invention compounds, for example, "C 1 ~ 6", unless otherwise specified, the chain group refers to a "structure having a carbon number 1 to a straight or branched chain 6 '. For a cyclic group, it means “the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring”.
The molecular weight of the compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 700 or less. More preferably, the molecular weight is 550 or less. Such molecular weight limitation is routinely used as another major limiting factor in addition to the basic skeleton with pharmacological characteristics when specifying the structure of a compound in recent drug designs.
[本発明の態様]
[1]  本発明の態様1
 本発明の第1の態様は、下記式(I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式中、mは1または2の整数を表し、nは0または1の整数を表し、R1  及びR2  は、各々独立に、水素原子またはC1アルキル基を表すか、R1 及びR2  は各々が結合している炭素原子と一緒にシクロ環を形成していてもよく、ヒドロキシル基の立体配置はエナンチオマーの一方であることを表し、破線ならびにα、β、1及び2は、-OHまたは-NH-のそれぞれと環上の炭素原子との結合位置を表す。但し、-NH-の結合位置が1位の場合は、nが0且つヒドロキシル基の結合位置がβ位である。)で表される化合物、またはその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物である。
[Aspect of the Invention]
[1] Aspect 1 of the present invention
A first aspect of the present invention is the following formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(Wherein, m represents an integer of 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 0 or 1, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 2 alkyl group, R 1 And R 2 may form a cyclo ring together with the carbon atom to which each is bonded, and the configuration of the hydroxyl group is one of the enantiomers, and the broken lines and α, β, 1 and 2 are , —OH or —NH— and the bonding position of each carbon atom on the ring, provided that the bonding position of —NH— is the 1st position, n is 0 and the bonding position of the hydroxyl group is the β position. Or a salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
 以下に、上記態様[1]の上記式(I)中の各基について具体的に説明する。以下の説明において、「C16」は炭素原子数1~6であることを示し、例えば、C16アルキル基は炭素原子数1ないし6のアルキル基であることを示す。
 [1-1]式(I)で表される化合物においては、R1  及びR2  は、各々独立に、水素原子またはC1アルキル基を表し、例えば、水素原子、メチル基またはエチル基が挙げられる。また、「R1 及びR2  は各々結合している炭素原子と一緒にシクロ環を形成していてもよく」とは、具体的には、3~5員環であり、例えば、スピロシクロプロパン環、スピロシクロブタン環、スピロシクロペンタン環等が挙げられる。
 [1-1-a]R1  及びR2  は、同一であり、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基であることがより好ましい。また、「R1 及びR2  は各々結合している炭素原子と一緒にシクロ環を形成していてもよく」場合には、スピロシクロブタン環であることがより好ましい。
 [1-2]式(I)で表される化合物においてはmは1または2の整数である。
 [1-2-a]mが1である場合には、R1  及びR2  は、同一であり、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基であることが好ましい。また、R1  及びR2  が各々結合している炭素原子と一緒にスピロシクロブタン環であることが好ましい。
 [1-2-b]mが2である場合には、R1  及びR2  は、同一であり、水素原子であることが好ましい。
Below, each group in the said formula (I) of the said aspect [1] is demonstrated concretely. In the following description, "C 1-6" indicates that indicates from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, for example, C 1-6 alkyl group is an alkyl group of 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
In the compound represented by [1-1] Formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 2 alkyl group, for example, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or an ethyl group Is mentioned. Further, “R 1 and R 2 may each form a cyclo ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded” specifically means a 3- to 5-membered ring, for example, spirocyclopropane. Ring, spirocyclobutane ring, spirocyclopentane ring and the like.
[1-1-a] R 1 and R 2 are the same and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. Further, when “R 1 and R 2 may each form a cyclo ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded”, it is more preferably a spirocyclobutane ring.
[1-2] In the compound represented by the formula (I), m is an integer of 1 or 2.
When [1-2-a] m is 1, R 1 and R 2 are the same and are preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. Further, it is preferable that together with the carbon atom to which R 1 and R 2 are each coupled to a spiro-cyclobutane ring.
When [1-2-b] m is 2, R 1 and R 2 are the same and are preferably a hydrogen atom.
 [1-2-c] 前記式(I)において、下記式(II)の部分の好ましい例は、具体的には、以下の式(II-a)~式(II-e)が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[1-2-c] In the formula (I), preferred examples of the moiety of the following formula (II) include the following formulas (II-a) to (II-e).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 [1-3]式(I)で表される化合物においては、nは0または1を表し、ヒドロキシル基の立体配置はいずれかのエナンチオマーを表し、破線はいずれかの炭素原子との結合を表し、α、β、1及び2は、破線の結合位置を表し、-NH-の結合位置が1位の場合は、nが0且つヒドロキシル基の結合位置がβ位である。
 [1-3-a]-NH-の結合位置が2位且つヒドロキシル基の結合位置がα位である場合には、nは0または1であることが好ましい。
 [1-3-b]-NH-の結合位置が2位且つヒドロキシル基の結合位置がβ位である場合には、nは1であることが好ましい。
 [1-3-1]前記式(I)において、ヒドロキシル基を有する下記式(III)の部分としては、具体的には、以下の式(III-1)~(III-4)が挙げられ、好ましくは当該式のヒドロキシル基の立体配置が異なるヒドロキシテトラヒドロナフチルアミノ基、またはインダノールアミノ基として、以下の式(III-1-A)、式(III-1-B)、式(III-2-A)、式(III-2-B)、式(III-3-A)、式(III-3-B)、式(III-4-B)の場合が挙げられる。
[1-3] In the compound represented by the formula (I), n represents 0 or 1, the configuration of the hydroxyl group represents any enantiomer, and the broken line represents a bond to any carbon atom. , Α, β, 1 and 2 represent broken bond positions. When the —NH— bond position is position 1, n is 0 and the hydroxyl group bond position is the β position.
When the bonding position of [1-3-a] -NH— is at the 2-position and the bonding position of the hydroxyl group is at the α-position, n is preferably 0 or 1.
When the bonding position of [1-3-b] -NH— is at the 2-position and the bonding position of the hydroxyl group is at the β-position, n is preferably 1.
[1-3-1] In the above formula (I), examples of the moiety of the following formula (III) having a hydroxyl group include the following formulas (III-1) to (III-4): Preferably, a hydroxytetrahydronaphthylamino group or an indanolamino group having a different configuration of the hydroxyl group of the formula is represented by the following formula (III-1-A), formula (III-1-B), formula (III- Examples include 2-A), formula (III-2-B), formula (III-3-A), formula (III-3-B), and formula (III-4-B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 置換基として表現すると、(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アミノ基(A)(式(III-1-A))、(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アミノ基(B)(式(III-1-B))、(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アミノ基(A)(式(III-2-A))、(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アミノ基(B)(式(III-2-B))、(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アミノ基(A)(式(III-3-A))、(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アミノ基(B)(式(III-3-B))、(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アミノ基(B)(式(III-4-B))と表される。 Expressed as a substituent, (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) amino group (A) (formula (III-1-A)), (2,3-dihydro-1- Hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) amino group (B) (formula (III-1-B)), (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) amino group (A ) (Formula (III-2-A)), (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) amino group (B) (formula (III-2-B)), (2 -Hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) amino group (A) (formula (III-3-A)), (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene- 7-yl) amino group (B) (formula (III-3-B)), (2 3-dihydro-2-hydroxy -1H- inden-4-yl) amino group (B) (formula (III-4-B) is expressed as).
 本明細書おいては、式中、*がついた炭素原子に結合しているヒドロキシル基はいずれか一方の立体配置であることを示しており、例えば、式(III-1-A)と式(III-1-B)とは、互いにエナンチオマーであること表す。
 本明細書では、この(A)と(B)とは、例えば、後述する(製造法D)<工程4>において、式(VI)の化合物のラセミ体である式(D-IV)の化合物を光学異性体分離用カラムで分離し、第一分画として得られるエナンチオマーを(A)、第二分画として得られるエナンチオマーを(B)と表す。従って、式(III-1-A)であれば、光学異性体分離用カラムで得られた第一分画を、あるいは式(III-1-B)であれば、光学異性体分離用カラムで得られた第二分画を各々用いて得られる式(III)の部分であることを意味している。
In the present specification, the hydroxyl group bonded to the carbon atom with * in the formula indicates any one of the configurations, for example, the formula (III-1-A) and the formula (III-1-B) represents an enantiomer of each other.
In the present specification, (A) and (B) are, for example, a compound of the formula (D-IV) which is a racemate of the compound of the formula (VI) in the following (Production Method D) <Step 4>. Are separated by an optical isomer separation column, the enantiomer obtained as the first fraction is represented as (A), and the enantiomer obtained as the second fraction is represented as (B). Therefore, in the case of formula (III-1-A), the first fraction obtained in the column for optical isomer separation is used, or in the case of formula (III-1-B), in the column for optical isomer separation. It means a part of the formula (III) obtained by using each of the obtained second fractions.
 [1-4]態様[1]の式(I)の化合物においては、前記態様[1-2-c]に記載の式(II-a)~式(II-e)から選ばれる式、及び前記態様[1-3-1]に記載の式(III-1-A)、式(III-1-B)、 式(III-2-A)、式(III-2-B)、式(III-3-B)、式(III-3-A)もしくは式(III-4-B)から選ばれる式とを組み合わせた化合物であることがより好ましい。 [1-4] In the compound of the formula (I) of the embodiment [1], a compound selected from the formulas (II-a) to (II-e) described in the embodiment [1-2-c], and Formula (III-1-A), formula (III-1-B), formula (III-2-A), formula (III-2-B), formula (III) described in the above embodiment [1-3-1] It is more preferable that the compound is a combination of a formula selected from (III-3-B), formula (III-3-A) or formula (III-4-B).
 [1-5]また、好ましい化合物として、以下のものが例示される。
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例1);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジメチルクロマン-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例2);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例3);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例4);
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例5);
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例6);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例7);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例8);
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例9);
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例10);
[1-5] Examples of preferable compounds include the following.
(E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A) (Example 1) ;
(E) -2- (2,2-Dimethylchroman-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide ( A) (Example 2);
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A (Example 3);
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (B ) (Example 4);
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) acetamide (A) (Example 5);
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) acetamide (B) (Example 6);
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A ) (Example 7);
(E) -2- (2,2-diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (B ) (Example 8);
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) acetamide (A) (Example 9);
(E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (A) (Example 10);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(A)(実施例11);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例12);
(E)-2-(3,4-ジヒドロ-8-トリフルオロメチル-1-ベンゾオキセピン-5(2H)-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例13);
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例14);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例15);
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例16);
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)(実施例17)。
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (A) (Example 11);
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (B) (Example 12);
(E) -2- (3,4-Dihydro-8-trifluoromethyl-1-benzooxepin-5 (2H) -ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-indene-4- Yl) acetamide (B) (Example 13);
(E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) (Example 14);
(E) -2- (2,2-Dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) (Example 15);
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) (Example 16);
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl ) Acetamide (B) (Example 17).
 [2]  本発明の第2の態様は、前記式(I)で表される化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、医薬組成物である。
 より詳細には、以下の態様が好ましい。
 [2-1]
 本発明の第2-1の態様は、前記態様[1-4]または前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、医薬組成物である。
[2] A second aspect of the present invention is characterized by containing the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient. A pharmaceutical composition.
More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
[2-1]
According to a 2-1 aspect of the present invention, at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a pharmaceutical composition characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
[3]  本発明の第3の態様は、前記式(I)で表される化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物を有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、TRPV1受容体拮抗剤である。
 より詳細には、以下の態様が好ましい。
 [3-1]
 本発明の第3-1の態様は、前記態様[1-4]または前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、TRPV1受容体拮抗剤である。
 本明細書中、とりわけ本発明の第3の態様において、「TRPV1受容体拮抗剤」とは、「TRPV1受容体調節剤」の一態様である。「TRPV1受容体調節剤」とは、TRPV1受容体の機能を調節する化合物を含有する剤を意味し、より具体的には、TRPV1受容体の活性化を抑制する化合物を含む剤である。該化合物には、TRPV1受容体と結合して、内在性のリガンドに拮抗することによりTRPV1受容体活性化を抑制する化合物(TRPV1受容体拮抗剤)、及びTRPV1受容体を持続的に活性化し、当該受容体が存在する神経を脱感作することにより、その後の該受容体の活性化を抑制する化合物(TRPV1受容体作動剤)がある。従って、TRPV1調節剤とはTRPV1受容体拮抗剤およびTRPV1受容体作動剤の総称である。拮抗剤にはニュートラル拮抗剤および逆作動剤が含まれ、作動剤には完全作動剤および部分作動剤が含まれる。部分作動剤は条件により拮抗剤としての作用を示す。本発明のTRPV1受容体調節剤として好ましくは、TRPV1受容体拮抗剤である。本発明のTRPV1受容体拮抗剤には、ニュートラル拮抗剤、逆作動剤および部分作動剤が含まれる。本発明のTRPV1拮抗剤は、以下の各種の疾患に対して有望な予防、あるいは治療効果を示すことが期待され、具体的には、急性疼痛、慢性疼痛、神経因性疼痛、線維筋痛症、ヘルペス後神経痛、三叉神経痛、腰痛、脊髄損傷後疼痛、下肢痛、カウザルギー、糖尿病性神経痛、浮腫、火傷、捻挫、骨折などによる痛み、手術後疼痛、肩関節周囲炎、変形性関節症、関節炎、リウマチ性関節炎痛、炎症性疼痛、癌性疼痛、偏頭痛、頭痛、歯痛、神経痛、筋肉痛、痛覚過敏、狭心症や月経による疼痛、神経障害、神経損傷、神経変性、慢性閉塞性肺疾患(COPD)、喘息、気道過敏、喘鳴、咳、鼻炎、目などの粘膜の炎症、神経性皮膚疾患、乾癬や湿疹などの炎症性皮膚疾患、浮腫、アレルギー疾患、胃十二指腸潰瘍、潰瘍性大腸炎、過敏性大腸、クローン病、尿失禁、切迫性尿失禁、過活動性膀胱、膀胱炎、腎炎、膵炎、ブドウ膜炎、内臓障害、虚血、卒中、失調症、肥満、敗血症、そう痒症、糖尿病の治療などが挙げられる。特に限定すると神経因性疼痛、線維筋痛症、炎症性疼痛、尿失禁に対して有望な治療効果が期待できる。
[3] A third aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the compound represented by the formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof is contained as an active ingredient. , A TRPV1 receptor antagonist.
More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
[3-1]
According to a 3-1 aspect of the present invention, at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a TRPV1 receptor antagonist characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
In the present specification, particularly in the third aspect of the present invention, the “TRPV1 receptor antagonist” is one aspect of the “TRPV1 receptor modulator”. The “TRPV1 receptor modulator” means an agent containing a compound that modulates the function of TRPV1 receptor, and more specifically, an agent containing a compound that suppresses activation of TRPV1 receptor. The compound includes a compound that binds to TRPV1 receptor and antagonizes an endogenous ligand to suppress TRPV1 receptor activation (TRPV1 receptor antagonist), and continuously activates TRPV1 receptor, There are compounds (TRPV1 receptor agonists) that desensitize the nerve in which the receptor is present, thereby inhibiting subsequent activation of the receptor. Therefore, TRPV1 modulator is a general term for TRPV1 receptor antagonists and TRPV1 receptor agonists. Antagonists include neutral antagonists and inverse agonists, and agonists include full and partial agonists. The partial agonist acts as an antagonist depending on conditions. The TRPV1 receptor modulator of the present invention is preferably a TRPV1 receptor antagonist. The TRPV1 receptor antagonists of the present invention include neutral antagonists, inverse agonists and partial agonists. The TRPV1 antagonist of the present invention is expected to show promising preventive or therapeutic effects for the following various diseases. Specifically, acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia Post-herpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, low back pain, pain after spinal cord injury, lower limb pain, causalgia, diabetic neuralgia, pain due to edema, burns, sprains, fractures, postoperative pain, shoulder periarthritis, osteoarthritis, arthritis , Rheumatoid arthritis pain, inflammatory pain, cancer pain, migraine, headache, toothache, neuralgia, myalgia, hyperalgesia, angina or menstrual pain, neuropathy, nerve damage, neurodegeneration, chronic obstructive lung Disease (COPD), asthma, airway hypersensitivity, wheezing, cough, rhinitis, inflammation of mucous membranes such as eyes, neurological skin diseases, inflammatory skin diseases such as psoriasis and eczema, edema, allergic diseases, gastroduodenal ulcer, ulcerative colon Flame, irritability Intestine, Crohn's disease, urinary incontinence, urge incontinence, overactive bladder, cystitis, nephritis, pancreatitis, uveitis, visceral disorder, ischemia, stroke, ataxia, obesity, sepsis, pruritus, diabetic Treatment and the like. In particular, promising therapeutic effects can be expected for neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia, inflammatory pain, and urinary incontinence.
 [4] 本発明の第4の態様は、前記式(I)で表される化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、疼痛の予防及び/または治療剤である。
 より詳細には、以下の態様が好ましい。
 [4-1]
 本発明の第4-1の態様は、前記態様[1-4]または前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、疼痛の予防及び/または治療剤である。
 [5]  本発明の第5の態様は、前記式(I)で表される化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、神経因性疼痛の予防及び/または治療剤である。
 より詳細には、以下の態様が好ましい。
 [5-1]
 本発明の第5-1の態様は、前記態様[1-4]または前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、神経因性疼痛の予防及び/または治療剤である。
[4] A fourth aspect of the present invention contains at least one of the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient. A preventive and / or therapeutic agent for pain.
More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
[4-1]
A fourth aspect of the present invention provides at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a preventive and / or therapeutic agent for pain, characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
[5] A fifth aspect of the present invention contains at least one of the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient. Is a preventive and / or therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain.
More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
[5-1]
A fifth aspect of the present invention provides at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
[6]  本発明の第6の態様は、前記式(I)で表される化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、炎症性疼痛の予防及び/または治療剤である。
 より詳細には、以下の態様が好ましい。
 [6-1]
 本発明の第6-1の態様は、前記態様[1-4]または前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくとも1つを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、炎症性疼痛の予防及び/または治療剤である。
 第2ないし第6の態様、並びにそれらの好ましい態様において、前記態様[1-4]または前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物において、より好ましい置換基またはそれらの組み合わせは、第1の態様に記載されている。
 上記本発明の[1]~[6]のそれぞれに記載の各態様において、TRPV1受容体拮抗活性(例えば、後述する実験例(1)-(b):FDSS-6000を用いたCa流入の測定)であれば、IC50値で、1μM以下、好ましくは100nM以下、より好ましくは30nM以下である化合物を用いることが好ましい。
 前記本発明の態様において、「治療剤」とは疾患もしくは症状の治療だけでなく、疾患もしくは症状の改善も含むものとする。
[6] A sixth aspect of the present invention contains at least one of the compound represented by the formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a solvate thereof as an active ingredient. Is a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain.
More specifically, the following embodiments are preferable.
[6-1]
A sixth aspect of the present invention provides at least one of the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a solvate thereof. It is a prophylactic and / or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain characterized by containing one as an active ingredient.
In the second to sixth aspects and preferred aspects thereof, in the compound according to the aspect [1-4] or the aspect [1-5], a more preferable substituent or a combination thereof is the first aspect. It is described in.
In each of the embodiments described in [1] to [6] of the present invention, TRPV1 receptor antagonistic activity (for example, Experimental Example (1)-(b) described later: measurement of Ca inflow using FDSS-6000) ), It is preferable to use a compound having an IC 50 value of 1 μM or less, preferably 100 nM or less, more preferably 30 nM or less.
In the above aspect of the present invention, the “therapeutic agent” is intended to include not only treatment of a disease or symptom but also improvement of the disease or symptom.
 以上の全ての態様において、「化合物」の文言を用いるとき、「その製薬学的に許容される塩」についても言及するものとする。また、本発明化合物は不斉炭素を有する場合があり、本発明化合物には、幾何異性体、互変異性体、光学異性体などの各種の立体異性体の混合物や単離されたものが含まれる。かかる立体異性体の単離、精製は、優先晶出やカラムクロマトグラフィーを用いた光学分割あるいは不斉合成を通じて当業者が通常の技術により為し得ることができる。 In all of the above embodiments, when the term “compound” is used, “the pharmaceutically acceptable salt” is also referred to. In addition, the compound of the present invention may have an asymmetric carbon, and the compound of the present invention includes a mixture of various stereoisomers such as geometric isomers, tautomers, optical isomers, and isolated compounds. It is. Isolation and purification of such stereoisomers can be carried out by those skilled in the art through conventional techniques through preferential crystallization, optical resolution using column chromatography or asymmetric synthesis.
 本発明の式(I)で表される化合物、または前記態様[1-4]もしくは前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物は、酸付加塩を形成する場合がある。また、置換基の種類によっては塩基との塩を形成する場合もある。かかる塩としては、製薬学的に許容しうる塩であれば特に限定されないが、具体的には、塩酸、臭化水素酸、よう化水素酸、硫酸、硝酸、りん酸等の鉱酸類;ギ酸、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、吉草酸、エナント酸、カプリン酸、ミリスチン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸、乳酸、ソルビン酸、マンデル酸等の脂肪族モノカルボン酸、安息香酸、サリチル酸等の芳香族モノカルボン酸、しゅう酸、マロン酸、こはく酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、りんご酸、酒石酸等の脂肪族ジカルボン酸、くえん酸等の脂肪族トリカルボン酸などの有機カルボン酸類;メタンスルホン酸、エタンスルホン酸、2-ヒドロキシエタンスルホン酸等の脂肪族スルホン酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸等の芳香族スルホン酸などの有機スルホン酸類;アスパラギン酸、グルタミン酸等の酸性アミノ酸類等との酸付加塩、及びナトリウム、カリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム等のアルカリ金属もしくはアルカリ土類金属等の金属との塩、メチルアミン、エチルアミン、エタノールアミン、ピリジン、リシン、アルギニン、オルニチン等の有機塩基との塩や、アンモニウム塩等が挙げられる。
 これらの塩は常法,例えば、当量の本発明化合物と所望の酸あるいは塩基等を含む溶液を混合し、所望の塩をろ取するか溶媒を留去して集めることにより得ることができる。また、本発明化合物またはその塩は、水、エタノール、グリセロールなどの溶媒と溶媒和物を形成しうる。
The compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention, or the compound described in the embodiment [1-4] or the embodiment [1-5] may form an acid addition salt. Depending on the type of substituent, a salt with a base may be formed. Such a salt is not particularly limited as long as it is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Specifically, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid; formic acid , Acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, enanthic acid, capric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, lactic acid, sorbic acid, mandelic acid and other aliphatic monocarboxylic acids, benzoic acid, salicylic acid and other aromatic monocarboxylic acids Organic carboxylic acids such as aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as carboxylic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, malic acid and tartaric acid, and aliphatic tricarboxylic acid such as citric acid; methanesulfonic acid and ethanesulfonic acid Organic sulfonic acids such as aliphatic sulfonic acids such as 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, aromatic sulfonic acids such as benzenesulfonic acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid Acid addition salts with acidic amino acids such as aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and salts with metals such as alkali metals or alkaline earth metals such as sodium, potassium, magnesium and calcium, methylamine, ethylamine, ethanolamine, pyridine , Salts with organic bases such as lysine, arginine, ornithine, ammonium salts and the like.
These salts can be obtained by a conventional method, for example, by mixing an equivalent amount of the compound of the present invention with a desired acid or base, and collecting the desired salt by filtration or distilling off the solvent. Moreover, this invention compound or its salt can form solvates with solvents, such as water, ethanol, and glycerol.
 更に本発明は、本発明の式(I)で表される化合物、または、前記態様[1-4]もしくは前記態様[1-5]で表される化合物の水和物、製薬学的に許容可能な各種溶媒和物や結晶多形のもの等も含まれる。尚、当然ながら本発明は、後述実施例に記載された化合物に限定されるものではなく、本発明の式(I)で示される化合物、または前記態様[1-4]もしくは前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物または製薬学的に許容される塩の全てを包含するものである。 Furthermore, the present invention relates to a compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention, or a hydrate of the compound represented by the above embodiment [1-4] or the above embodiment [1-5], pharmaceutically acceptable Various possible solvates and crystalline polymorphs are also included. Of course, the present invention is not limited to the compounds described in the Examples below, but the compounds represented by the formula (I) of the present invention, or the above-mentioned embodiment [1-4] or the above-mentioned embodiment [1- 5] or any of the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[本発明化合物の製造方法]
 本発明に用いられる式(I)で表される化合物、または前記態様[1-4]または前記態様[1-5]に記載の化合物ならびに関連化合物は、以下に示される製造法により得ることができる。以下、各反応工程について説明する。
 本発明化合物である式(I)で表される化合物およびその塩は、市販化合物または市販化合物から文献公知の方法等により容易に製造することが可能であり、以下に示す製造方法に従い製造することができる。
 また、本発明は以下に説明する製造方法に、何ら限定されるものではない。
 以下、製造法を詳細に説明する。
 以下の説明中の式(I)、式(V)、式(V-a)、式(V-b)、式(V-c)、式(VI)、式(VI-a)、式(VI-b)、式(VI-c)で表される化合物中のR1、R2、m、nは、特に断らない限り、式(I)に記載された先の定義と同一である。Rはアルキル基、Rは水素もしくはアルキル基、Pは、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基、ベンジルオキシカルボニル基、p-トルエンスルホニル基等の保護基、Pはアルキル基、MはLi、Na、K、Zn等の金属、Yはハロゲン等の脱離性置換基を示す。
[Method for producing compound of the present invention]
The compound represented by the formula (I) used in the present invention, the compound described in the embodiment [1-4] or the embodiment [1-5], and related compounds can be obtained by the production method shown below. it can. Hereinafter, each reaction process will be described.
The compound represented by the formula (I) which is the compound of the present invention and a salt thereof can be easily produced from a commercially available compound or a commercially available compound by a method known in the literature, etc. and produced according to the production method shown below. Can do.
Further, the present invention is not limited to the manufacturing method described below.
Hereinafter, the production method will be described in detail.
In the following description, formula (I), formula (V), formula (Va), formula (Vb), formula (Vc), formula (VI), formula (VI-a), formula ( Unless otherwise specified, R 1 , R 2 , m, and n in the compounds represented by VI-b) and formula (VI-c) are the same as the previous definitions described in formula (I). R A is an alkyl group, R B is hydrogen or an alkyl group, P 1 is a protecting group such as tert-butoxycarbonyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group, p-toluenesulfonyl group, P 2 is an alkyl group, M is Li, Na , K and Zn, and Y represents a leaving substituent such as halogen.
 式(I)で示される化合物は、式(V)で示されるカルボン酸と式(VI)で表されるアミンとの縮合反応で得られる。
(反応式)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

 式(V)の化合物、および式(VI)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば(実験化学講座 第4版 22 有機合成IV 酸・アミノ酸・ペプチド、191-309頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、1,3-ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)、1-エチル-3-(3’-ジメチルアミノプロピル)カルボジイミド塩酸塩(WSC・HCl)、ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イロキシトリス(ジメチルアミノ)ホスホニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェイト(BOP試薬)、ビス(2-オキソ-3-オキサゾリジニル)ホスフィニッククロリド(BOP-Cl)、2-クロロ-1,3-ジメチルイミダゾリニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェイト(CIP)、4-(4,6-ジメトキシ-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-4-メチルモルホリニウムクロリド(DMTMM)等の縮合剤の存在下、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、トルエン、ベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等の極性溶媒、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール系溶媒等の反応に関与しない溶媒中、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン等の塩基の存在下または非存在下、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応させることにより、式(I)の化合物を製造することができる。また、式(V)の化合物を酸クロライドに変換した場合(実験化学講座 第4版 22 有機合成IV 酸・アミノ酸・ペプチド、144-146頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン等の塩基の存在下、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、トルエン、ベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等の極性溶媒等の反応に関与しない溶媒中、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応させることにより、式(I)の化合物を同様に製造することができる。
The compound represented by the formula (I) is obtained by a condensation reaction between a carboxylic acid represented by the formula (V) and an amine represented by the formula (VI).
(Reaction formula)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

A method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (V) and a compound of the formula (VI), for example (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 22 Organic Synthesis IV Acid / Amino Acid / Peptide, 191-309, 1992, Maruzen) 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-ethyl-3- (3′-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (WSC · HCl), benzotriazole-1-yloxytris ( Dimethylamino) phosphonium hexafluorophosphate (BOP reagent), bis (2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl) phosphinic chloride (BOP-Cl), 2-chloro-1,3-dimethylimidazolinium hexafluorophosphate ( CIP), 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) In the presence of a condensing agent such as 4-methylmorpholinium chloride (DMTMM), halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, ether solvents such as diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and benzene, N In a solvent that does not participate in the reaction, such as a polar solvent such as N, dimethylformamide, or an alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol, or 2-propanol, the solvent is added from 0 ° C. in the presence or absence of a base such as triethylamine or pyridine. By reacting at a refluxing temperature, the compound of formula (I) can be produced. Further, when the compound of the formula (V) is converted into an acid chloride (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 22 Organic Synthesis IV Acid / Amino Acid / Peptide, 144-146, 1992, Maruzen), etc. In the presence of a base such as triethylamine and pyridine, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, ether solvents such as diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and benzene, N, N-dimethylformamide and the like The compound of the formula (I) can be produced in the same manner by reacting at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in a solvent that does not participate in the reaction, such as a polar solvent.
 上記反応式中の式(V)の化合物は以下の(製造法A)~(製造法C)、式(VI)の化合物は以下の(製造法D)~(製造法G)によって製造することができる。 The compound of the formula (V) in the above reaction formula is produced by the following (Production Method A) to (Production Method C), and the compound of the formula (VI) is produced by the following (Production Method D) to (Production Method G). Can do.
(製造法A)
<前記式(V)において、m=2、R=R=Hの場合>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 
<工程1>
 式(A-I)の化合物、および式(A-II)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばジャーナル・オブ・メディシナル・ケミストリー(Journal of Medicinal Chemistry)、31(1)、230-243、1988年に記載された方法に準じて、水素化ナトリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下、メタノール、エタノール、アセトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、水等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(A-III)の化合物を製造することができる。
(Production method A)
<When m = 2 and R 1 = R 2 = H in Formula (V)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

<Step 1>
Using compounds of formula (AI) and compounds of formula (A-II), methods known in the literature, such as Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 31 (1), 230-243, According to the method described in 1988, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, methanol, ethanol, acetone, N, N -Using a solvent inert to the reaction, such as dimethylformamide, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, water, or a mixed solvent thereof, the reaction is performed from room temperature to the temperature at which the solvent refluxes, and the compound of formula (A-III) Compounds can be made.
<工程2>
 式(A-III)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばシンレット(Synlett)、No.6、848-850頁、2001年等に記載された方法に準じて、ジ酢酸パラジウム、テトラキストリフェニルホスフィンパラジウム、トリスジベンジリデンアセトンジパラジウム等のパラジウム触媒、および炭酸銀などの存在下、アセトニトリル、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、ベンゼン、トルエン、ジメチルスルホキシド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(A-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程3><R=メチル、エチル等のアルキル基の場合>
 式(A-IV)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば(実験化学講座 第4版 22 有機合成IV 酸・アミノ酸・ペプチド、1-43頁、1992年、丸善)などに記載された方法に準じて、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下、水およびメタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(V-a)の化合物を製造することができる。
<R=tert-ブチル基の場合>
 式(A-IV)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばグリーン(Greene)らのプロテクティブ・グループス・イン・オルガニック・シンセシス(ProtectiVe Groups in Organic Synthesis)、(米国)、第3版、1999年、等の成書に記載の方法により、蟻酸、塩酸、硫酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸のような酸試薬の存在下、メタノール、エタノールのようなアルコール系溶媒、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)、1,2-ジメトキシエタンのようなエーテル系溶媒、水など反応に関与しない溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(V-a)の化合物を製造することができる。
<Process 2>
Using compounds of formula (A-III), methods known in the literature, such as Synlett, No. 6, pp. 848-850, 2001, etc., in the presence of palladium catalyst such as palladium diacetate, tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium, trisdibenzylideneacetone dipalladium, and silver carbonate, acetonitrile, Using a solvent inert to the reaction such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene, dimethyl sulfoxide, N, N-dimethylformamide, or a mixed solvent thereof, the reaction is carried out at room temperature from which the solvent is refluxed. -IV) can be prepared.
<Step 3><R A = alkyl group such as methyl or ethyl>
A method described in the literature using a compound of the formula (A-IV), for example, a method described in (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 22 Organic Synthesis IV Acid / Amino Acid / Peptide, page 1-33, 1992, Maruzen) In the presence of a base such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc., water and methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1,4 -Using a solvent inert to the reaction such as dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, or a mixed solvent thereof, the reaction can be carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C to produce the compound of formula (Va).
<In the case of R A = tert-butyl group>
Using compounds of formula (A-IV), methods known in the literature, such as Greene et al., Protective Ve Group in Organic Synthesis, (USA), 3rd edition, 1999, etc., in the presence of an acid reagent such as formic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran. (THF) An ether solvent such as 1,2-dimethoxyethane, a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as water, or a mixed solvent thereof is used to perform the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. The compound of -a) can be produced.
 また中間体である(A-III)を以下の方法に従いを製造することができる。
<工程4>
 式(A-I)の化合物、および式(A-V)の化合物を用い、(製造法A)<工程1>と同様の方法により、式(A-VI)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程5>
 式(A-VI)の化合物、および式(A-VII)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばテトラへドロン(Tetrahedron)、60(13)、3017-3035頁、2004年等に記載された方法に準じて、ベンジリデンビストリシクロヘキシルホスフィンルテニウムジクロリド、トリシクロヘキシルホスフィン-1,3-ビス-2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル-4,5-ジヒドロイミダゾール-2-イリデンベンジリデンルテニウムジクロリド、ルテニウム-1,3-ビス-2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル-2-イミダゾリジニルイリデンジクロロ-2-1-メチルエトキシフェニルメチレン等のルテニウム触媒存在下、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン系溶媒、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(A-III)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程6>
 式(A-I)の化合物、および式(A-VIII)の化合物を用い、(製造法A)<工程1>と同様の方法により、式(A-IX)の化合物を製造することができる。
Intermediate (A-III) can be produced according to the following method.
<Step 4>
Using the compound of formula (AI) and the compound of formula (AV), the compound of formula (A-VI) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) <Step 1>. .
<Step 5>
A method known in the literature using a compound of formula (A-VI) and a compound of formula (A-VII), for example, tetrahedron, 60 (13), pages 3017-3035, 2004, etc. Benzylidenebistricyclohexylphosphine ruthenium dichloride, tricyclohexylphosphine-1,3-bis-2,4,6-trimethylphenyl-4,5-dihydroimidazol-2-ylidenebenzylidene ruthenium dichloride, ruthenium-1 1,4-bis-2,4,6-trimethylphenyl-2-imidazolidinylylidenedichloro-2--1-methylethoxyphenylmethylene and the like in the presence of a ruthenium catalyst, dichloromethane, chloroform and other halogenated solvents, 1,4- Dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc. Using a solvent inert to the reaction such as an ether solvent, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene and xylene, or a mixed solvent thereof, the reaction is carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from the formula (A The compound of -III) can be prepared.
<Step 6>
Using the compound of formula (AI) and the compound of formula (A-VIII), the compound of formula (A-IX) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) <Step 1>. .
<工程7>
 式(A-IX)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば (実験化学講座 第4版 26 有機合成VIII 不斉合成・還元・糖・標識化合物、159-266頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム(DIBAH)、水素化トリエトキシアルミニウムリチウム、水素化ビス(2-メトキシエトキシ)アルミニウムナトリウム、ラネーニッケル(Raney-Ni)-蟻酸等の還元剤と、ジエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、ベンゼン、トルエン等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、-78℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(A-X)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程8>
 式(A-X)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば (実験化学講座 第4版 19、有機合成I、炭化水素・ハロゲン化合物、53-298頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、エトキシカルボニルメチルトリフェニルホスホニウムクロリド、エトキシカルボニルメチルトリフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、トリフェニルホスホラニリデンエチルアセテート、ビス-2,2,2-トリフルオロエトキシホスフィニルアセテート、ジオルトトリルホスホノエチルアセテート、ジメチルホスホノエチルアセテート、ジエチルホスホノエチルアセテート、1-トリメチルシリルエチルアセテート等のウィッティヒ試薬、ホーナー・エモンズ試薬ならびに水素化ナトリウム、ブチルリチウム、ピペラジン、モルホリン、トリエチルアミン、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド、リチウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド、ソジウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド、ポタシウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド、ホスファゼンベース-P4-tert-ブチル等の塩基存在下、メタノール、エタノールなどのアルコール系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドなどの極性溶媒、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、-78℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(A-III)の化合物を製造することができる。
<Step 7>
Methods known in the literature using compounds of the formula (A-IX), such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 159-266, 1992, Maruzen), etc. A reducing agent such as diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAH), lithium triethoxyaluminum hydride, sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride, Raney nickel (Raney-Ni) -formic acid, Reaction is performed at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from −78 ° C. using a solvent inert to the reaction such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene, or a mixed solvent thereof. To produce a compound of formula (AX).
<Step 8>
Using compounds of the formula (AX), it is described in literature known methods such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 19, Organic Synthesis I, Hydrocarbon / Halogen Compounds, 53-298, 1992, Maruzen) In accordance with the above method, ethoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylphosphonium chloride, ethoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, triphenylphosphoranylideneethyl acetate, bis-2,2,2-trifluoroethoxyphosphinyl acetate, diortolylphospho Wittig reagents such as Noethyl acetate, Dimethylphosphonoethyl acetate, Diethylphosphonoethyl acetate, 1-Trimethylsilylethyl acetate, Horner-Emmons reagent and Sodium hydride, Butyllithium, Piperazine, Morpholine, Triethyl In the presence of a base such as amine, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, sodium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, potassium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, phosphazene base-P4-tert-butyl, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, N , N-dimethylformamide and other polar solvents, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and other ether solvents, benzene, toluene, xylene and other aromatic hydrocarbon solvents and the like, or a mixed solvent thereof The compound of the formula (A-III) can be produced by reacting at a temperature at which the solvent refluxes from −78 ° C.
(製造法B)<前記式(V)において、m=1、R=R=Hの場合>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(Production Method B) <In the case where m = 1 and R 1 = R 2 = H in Formula (V)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
<工程1><R=Hの場合>
 式(B-I)の化合物、および式(B-II)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばジャーナル・オブ・メディシナル・ケミストリー(Journal of Medicinal Chemistry)、31(1)、230-243、1988年に記載された方法に準じて、水素化ナトリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下、メタノール、エタノール、アセトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、水等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(B-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。また、式(B-I)の化合物、および式(B-III)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば国際公開第01/36381号パンフレット、360-361頁、参考例12に記載の方法に準じて、水素化ナトリウム、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下、メタノール、エタノール、アセトン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、水等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(B-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。
<Step 1><In the case of R B = H>
Using a compound of the formula (BI) and a compound of the formula (B-II), a method known in the literature, for example, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 31 (1), 230-243, According to the method described in 1988, in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, methanol, ethanol, acetone, N, N -Using a solvent inert to the reaction, such as dimethylformamide, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, water, or a mixed solvent thereof, the reaction is performed from room temperature to the temperature at which the solvent is refluxed, and the compound of formula (B-IV) Compounds can be produced. Further, a method known in the literature using the compound of formula (BI) and the compound of formula (B-III), for example, the method described in International Publication No. 01/36381, pages 360-361, Reference Example 12 In the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, etc., methanol, ethanol, acetone, N, N-dimethylformamide, 1,4 -A compound of the formula (B-IV) can be produced by performing a reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature using a solvent inert to the reaction such as dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, water, or a mixed solvent thereof. .
<工程1><R=アルキル基(例えば、メチル、エチル等)の場合>
 上記<R=Hの場合>と同様に反応を行うことで得られるエステルを、文献公知の方法、例えば(実験化学講座 第4版 22 有機合成IV 酸・アミノ酸・ペプチド、1-43頁、1992年、丸善)などに記載された方法に準じて、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸リチウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下、水およびメタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(B-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程2>
 式(B-IV)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばジャーナル・オブ・メディシナル・ケミストリー(Journal of Medicinal Chemistry)、31(1)、230-243、1988年に記載された方法に準じて、ポリリン酸(PPA)、ポリリン酸エチルエステル(PPE)、五酸化二リン(P)、イートンズ試薬(メタンスルホン酸と五酸化二リンの混合物)等の環化脱水試薬中、あるいはそれらの存在下、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、トルエン、ベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に関与しない溶媒中、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応させることにより、式(B-V)の化合物を製造することができる。また、三塩化アルミニウム、四塩化スズ等のルイス酸存在下、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン系溶媒等の反応に関与しない溶媒中、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応させることにより、式(B-V)の化合物を同様に製造することができる。
<Step 1><In the case of R B = alkyl group (for example, methyl, ethyl, etc.)>
Esters obtained by carrying out the reaction in the same manner as in the above <In the case of R B = H> can be prepared by methods known in the literature, for example (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 22 Organic Synthesis IV Acids / Amino Acids / Peptides, pages 1-33, 1992, Maruzen) and the like in the presence of a base such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, water, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol. , N, N-dimethylformamide, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like, or a mixed solvent thereof, and the reaction is performed at a temperature from 0 ° C. to the reflux of the solvent. The compound of IV) can be prepared.
<Process 2>
In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (B-IV), for example, a method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 31 (1), 230-243, 1988. In cyclic dehydration reagents such as polyphosphoric acid (PPA), polyphosphoric acid ethyl ester (PPE), diphosphorus pentoxide (P 2 O 5 ), Eaton's reagent (mixture of methanesulfonic acid and diphosphorus pentoxide), or the like In the presence of water, the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in a solvent that does not participate in the reaction, such as halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, ether solvents such as diethyl ether and tetrahydrofuran, and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and benzene. Producing a compound of formula (BV) by reacting at temperature Can do. Further, in the presence of a Lewis acid such as aluminum trichloride and tin tetrachloride, the reaction is carried out at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform. The compound of -V) can be prepared analogously.
<工程3>
 式(B-V)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば (実験化学講座 第4版 19、有機合成I、炭化水素・ハロゲン化合物、53-298頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、エトキシカルボニルメチルトリフェニルホスホニウムクロリド、エトキシカルボニルメチルトリフェニルホスホニウムブロミド、トリフェニルホスホラニリデンエチルアセテート、ビス-2,2,2-トリフルオロエトキシホスフィニルアセテート、ジオルトトリルホスホノエチルアセテート、ジメチルホスホノエチルアセテート、ジエチルホスホノエチルアセテート、1-トリメチルシリルエチルアセテート等のウィッティヒ試薬、ホーナー・エモンズ試薬ならびに水素化ナトリウム、ブチルリチウム、ピペラジン、モルホリン、トリエチルアミン、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド、リチウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド、ソジウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド、ポタシウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド、ホスファゼンベース-P4-tert-ブチル等の塩基存在下、メタノール、エタノールなどのアルコール系溶媒、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミドなどの極性溶媒、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、-78℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(B-VI)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程4>
 式(B-VI)の化合物を用い、(製造法A)<工程3>と同様の方法で反応を行い、式(V-b)の化合物を製造することができる。
<Step 3>
Using compounds of the formula (BV), it is described in literature known methods such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 19, Organic Synthesis I, Hydrocarbon / Halogen Compounds, 53-298, 1992, Maruzen) In accordance with the above method, ethoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylphosphonium chloride, ethoxycarbonylmethyltriphenylphosphonium bromide, triphenylphosphoranylideneethyl acetate, bis-2,2,2-trifluoroethoxyphosphinyl acetate, diortolylphospho Wittig reagents such as Noethyl acetate, Dimethylphosphonoethyl acetate, Diethylphosphonoethyl acetate, 1-Trimethylsilylethyl acetate, Horner-Emmons reagent and Sodium hydride, Butyllithium, Piperazine, Morpholine, Triethyl In the presence of a base such as amine, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, sodium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, potassium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide, phosphazene base-P4-tert-butyl, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, N , N-dimethylformamide and other polar solvents, ether solvents such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene, and the like, or a mixed solvent thereof. Can be used to carry out the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from −78 ° C. to produce a compound of the formula (B-VI).
<Step 4>
The compound of formula (Vb) can be produced by reacting the compound of formula (B-VI) in the same manner as in (Production Method A) <Step 3>.
<工程5>
 式(B-V)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば、シンセティック・コミュニケーションズ(Synthetic Communications)、35(3)、379-387、2005年に記載された方法に準じて、リチウムジイソプロピルアミドと酢酸エステル類から調製したアルキルリチウム試薬(式(B-VII))との反応、あるいは、亜鉛存在下、ブロモ酢酸エチル、ブロモ酢酸-tert-ブチルなどのα-ハロ酢酸エステルから調製したリフォマトスキー試薬(式(B-VII))との反応、あるいはトリメチルシリル酢酸エチル等のシリル酢酸エステルとホスファゼンベース-P4-tert-ブチルなどの塩基存在下の反応を、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、-78℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行うことで、式(B-VIII)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程6>
 式(B-VIII)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、(例えば、実験化学講座 第4版 19、有機合成I、炭化水素、194-236頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、硫酸水素カリウム、濃硫酸等の無機酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸、トリフルオロ酢酸等の有機酸、塩化チオニル、オキシ塩化リン等の脱水剤存在下、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、-78℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(B-VI)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程7>
 式(B-VIII)の化合物を用い、(製造法A)<工程3>と同様の方法で反応を行い、式(B-IX)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程8>
 式(B-IX)の化合物を用い、(製造法B)<工程6>と同様の方法で反応を行い、式(V-b)の化合物を製造することができる。
<Step 5>
According to a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (BV), for example, lithium diisopropylamide according to the method described in Synthetic Communications, 35 (3), 379-387, 2005 Reaction with an alkyl lithium reagent (formula (B-VII)) prepared from acetates, or reformatesky prepared from α-haloacetates such as ethyl bromoacetate and bromoacetate-tert-butyl in the presence of zinc A reaction with a reagent (formula (B-VII)) or a reaction in the presence of a silyl acetate such as ethyl trimethylsilyl acetate and a base such as phosphazene base-P4-tert-butyl is obtained by ether such as 1,4-dioxane or tetrahydrofuran. Solvents, benzene, true By using a solvent inert to the reaction, such as an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as xylene, or a mixed solvent thereof, at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from −78 ° C., the formula (B-VIII) Can be produced.
<Step 6>
Methods described in literatures using compounds of the formula (B-VIII), such as those described in literatures (for example, Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 19, Organic Synthesis I, Hydrocarbons, 194-236, 1992, Maruzen) In the presence of an inorganic acid such as potassium hydrogen sulfate or concentrated sulfuric acid, an organic acid such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, or a dehydrating agent such as thionyl chloride or phosphorus oxychloride. Using a solvent inert to the reaction, such as an ether solvent such as dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene or xylene, or a mixed solvent thereof, at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from −78 ° C. The reaction can be carried out to produce a compound of formula (B-VI).
<Step 7>
A compound of formula (B-IX) can be produced by reacting the compound of formula (B-VIII) in the same manner as in (Production Method A) <Step 3>.
<Step 8>
The compound of formula (Vb) can be produced by reacting the compound of formula (B-IX) in the same manner as in (Production Method B) <Step 6>.
(製造法C)<前記式(V)において、m=1、R=R=アルキル基の場合>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
<工程1>
 式(C-I)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばジャーナル・オブ・メディシナル・ケミストリー(Journal of Medicinal Chemistry)、46(13)、2683-2696、2003年に記載された方法に準じて、メチルリチウム(MeLi)の存在下、ジエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、-78℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応させることにより、式(C-II)の化合物を製造することができる。
(Production Method C) <In the case of formula (V), m = 1, R 1 = R 2 = alkyl group>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
<Step 1>
According to a method known in the literature using a compound of formula (CI), for example, the method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 46 (13), 2683-2696, 2003 In the presence of methyllithium (MeLi), a solvent inert from the reaction such as diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, or a mixed solvent thereof, from −78 ° C. to the solvent Is allowed to react at a temperature at which is refluxed to produce a compound of formula (C-II).
<工程2>
 式(C-II)の化合物および式(C-III)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばジャーナル・オブ・ヘテロサイクリック・ケミストリー(Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry)、32、1393-1395、1995年に記載された方法に準じて、ピロリジン、ピペラジン、モルホリン、トリエチルアミン、N,N-ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、ピリジン等の塩基存在下、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール系溶媒等の反応に関与しない溶媒中、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応させることにより、式(C-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。式中R、Rは、各々Cの直鎖もしくは分枝鎖のアルキル基であり、当該アルキル基は、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、Cのアルキル基、Cのアルコキシル基、もしくは、Cのアルキル基で1ないし2個置換されていても良いアミノ基から任意に選ばれる基で1ないし5個置換されていても良く、或いは、R、Rが各々の結合している炭素原子と一緒にCのシクロ環基を形成していてもよく、当該シクロ環基は、その環内の炭素原子1個が、酸素原子もしくは窒素原子<当該窒素原子は、ハロゲン原子、-OH、-OCH、-OCFのいずれかで1-3個置換されていてもよいCの直鎖または分枝鎖のアルキル基で置換されていても良い>で置き換えられていても良い。
<工程3>
 式(C-IV)の化合物を用い、(製造法B)<工程5>と同様の方法により、式(C-V)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程4>
 式(C-V)の化合物を用い、(製造法A)<工程3>と同様の方法により、式(C-VI)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程5>
 式(C-VI)の化合物を用い、(製造法B)<工程6>と同様の方法により、式(V-c)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程6>
 式(C-V)の化合物を用い、(製造法B)<工程6>と同様の方法により、式(C-VII)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程7>
 式(C-VII)の化合物を用い、(製造法A)<工程3>と同様の方法により、式(V-c)の化合物を製造することができる。
<Process 2>
Using compounds of formula (C-II) and compounds of formula (C-III), methods known in the literature, for example Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 32, 1393-1395, 1995 In the presence of a base such as pyrrolidine, piperazine, morpholine, triethylamine, N, N-diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, etc. The compound of the formula (C-IV) can be produced by reacting at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. in the middle or a mixed solvent thereof. Wherein R 1, R 2 are each a straight-chain or branched alkyl group of C 1 ~ 5, the alkyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group of C 1 ~ 2, C 1 ~ 2 alkoxyl group or from 1 to 1 to may be five substituted with two substituents are selected arbitrarily from an amino group optionally group with an alkyl group of C 1 ~ 3, or, R 1, R 2 may form a cyclo ring group C 3 ~ 6 together with the carbon atom bonded to each said cyclic ring group is one carbon atom in the ring, oxygen atom or nitrogen atom <the nitrogen atom, a halogen atom, -OH, -OCH 3, substituted with straight or branched chain alkyl group having one with 1-3 optionally substituted C 1 to 3 -OCF 3 May be replaced by>.
<Step 3>
Using the compound of formula (C-IV), the compound of formula (CV) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method B) <Step 5>.
<Step 4>
Using the compound of formula (CV), the compound of formula (C-VI) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) <Step 3>.
<Step 5>
Using the compound of formula (C-VI), the compound of formula (Vc) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method B) <Step 6>.
<Step 6>
A compound of formula (C-VII) can be produced by using the compound of formula (CV) in the same manner as in (Production Method B) <Step 6>.
<Step 7>
Using the compound of formula (C-VII), the compound of formula (Vc) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method A) <Step 3>.
(製造法D)<前記式(VI)において、n=1の場合>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 
<工程1>
 式(D-I)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば(実験化学講座 第4版 20 有機合成II アルコール・アミン、394-405頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、硝酸、硝酸/硫酸、硝酸/無水酢酸、硝酸カリウム/硫酸、硝酸ナトリウム/硫酸、硝酸カリウム/無水酢酸、硝酸/トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸などのニトロ化剤と-40℃から室温で反応を行い、式(D-II)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程2>
 式(D-II)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば (実験化学講座 第4版 26 有機合成VIII 不斉合成・還元・糖・標識化合物、159-266頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、水素化ホウ素リチウム等の還元剤存在下、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール系溶媒、もしくはこれらとジエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、ベンゼン、トルエン等の反応に不活性な溶媒との混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応することにより式(D-III)の化合物を製造することができる。また、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム(DIBAH)、水素化トリエトキシアルミニウムリチウム、水素化ビス(2-メトキシエトキシ)アルミニウムナトリウム、等の還元剤と、ジエチルエーテル、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、ベンゼン、トルエン等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、-78℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(D-III)の化合物を製造することもできる。
(Production Method D) <In the case where n = 1 in Formula (VI)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

<Step 1>
In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (DI), for example, a method described in (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 20 Organic Synthesis II Alcohol Amine, 394-405, 1992, Maruzen) React with a nitrating agent such as nitric acid, nitric acid / sulfuric acid, nitric acid / acetic anhydride, potassium nitrate / sulfuric acid, sodium nitrate / sulfuric acid, potassium nitrate / acetic anhydride, nitric acid / trifluoromethanesulfonic acid at −40 ° C. to room temperature. The compound (D-II) can be produced.
<Process 2>
A method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (D-II), such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 159-266, 1992, Maruzen) In the presence of a reducing agent such as sodium borohydride or lithium borohydride, an alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol or 2-propanol, or these and diethyl ether or 1,2-dimethoxyethane. Using a mixed solvent with a solvent inert to the reaction such as 1,4-dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene, etc., the compound of formula (D-III) is reacted at a temperature from 0 ° C. to the reflux of the solvent. Can be manufactured. In addition, reducing agents such as diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAH), lithium triethoxyaluminum hydride, sodium bis (2-methoxyethoxy) aluminum hydride and the like, diethyl ether, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane Using a solvent inert to the reaction, such as tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene, or a mixed solvent thereof, at a temperature at which the solvent refluxes from −78 ° C. to produce a compound of formula (D-III) You can also.
<工程3>
 式(D-III)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば (実験化学講座 第4版 26 有機合成VIII 不斉合成・還元・糖・標識化合物、159-266頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、パラジウム-炭素(Pd-C)、ラネーニッケル(Raney-Ni)、ジクロロトリストリフェニルホスフィンルテニウム等の触媒存在下、水素雰囲気下にて、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、酢酸エチル、酢酸メチル等の極性溶媒など反応に関与しない溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(D-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。別法として、鉄(Fe)、スズ(Sn)存在下、濃塩酸もしくは酢酸中、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(D-IV)の化合物を製造することもできる。また、塩化ニッケル(NiCl)、塩化スズ(SnCl)等のルイス酸および水素化ホウ素ナトリウム存在下、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒など反応に関与しない溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(D-IV)の化合物を製造することもできる。
<工程4> 
 式(D-IV)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば有機合成化学協会誌、54(5)、344-353、1996年に記載された方法に準じて、光学異性体分離用カラムを用いた分取クロマトグラフィーにより光学分割を行うことなどにより式(VI-a)の化合物を製造することができる。
 前記式(VI)と同様に、式(VI-a)におけるヒドロキシル基の立体配置は、いずれかのエナンチオマーを表す。また本明細書において、ラセミ体を光学異性体分離用カラムを用いて分離したいずれか一方の式(VI-a)で表されるアミンについては、得られた各エナンチオマーの第一分画を(A)、第二分画を(B)とする。また本製造法においてはどちらか一方の光学活性体を示す。
<Step 3>
A method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (D-III), such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 159-266, 1992, Maruzen) In the presence of a catalyst such as palladium-carbon (Pd—C), Raney nickel (Raney-Ni), dichlorotristriphenylphosphine ruthenium, etc., in a hydrogen atmosphere, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol Alcohol solvents such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane and the like, polar solvents such as ethyl acetate and methyl acetate, solvents not involved in the reaction, or mixed solvents thereof Is used to produce a compound of formula (D-IV) by reacting at a temperature from 0 ° C. to reflux of the solvent. Rukoto can. Alternatively, the compound of formula (D-IV) can be produced by reacting in concentrated hydrochloric acid or acetic acid in the presence of iron (Fe) or tin (Sn) at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. Further, in the presence of Lewis acid such as nickel chloride (NiCl 2 ) and tin chloride (SnCl 2 ) and sodium borohydride, alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxy Using a solvent that does not participate in the reaction, such as an ether solvent such as ethane or 1,4-dioxane, or a mixed solvent thereof, the reaction is performed at a temperature at which the solvent refluxes from 0 ° C., and the compound of the formula (D-IV) is converted. It can also be manufactured.
<Step 4>
Using a compound of the formula (D-IV), an optical isomer separation column was prepared according to a method known in the literature, for example, the method described in Journal of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, 54 (5), 344-353, 1996. The compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by optical resolution by preparative chromatography used.
Similar to the formula (VI), the configuration of the hydroxyl group in the formula (VI-a) represents any enantiomer. In the present specification, for any one of the amines represented by the formula (VI-a) obtained by separating the racemate using an optical isomer separation column, the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is ( A), the second fraction is (B). In this production method, either one of the optically active substances is shown.
 さらに、中間体である式(D-IV)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。

<工程5>
 式(D-II)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程3>と同様の方法により、式(D-V)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程6>
 式(D-V)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程2>と同様の方法により、式(D-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。
Furthermore, the intermediate formula (D-IV) can also be produced according to the following method.

<Step 5>
Using the compound of formula (D-II), the compound of formula (DV) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 3>.
<Step 6>
The compound of formula (D-IV) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 2>, using the compound of formula (DV).
 さらに、式(VI-a)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。
<工程7>
 式(D-V)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば (実験化学講座 第4版 26 有機合成VIII 不斉合成・還元・糖・標識化合物、23-68頁、1992年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、例えば光学活性なジクロロ[ビス(ジフェニルホスフィノ)ビナフチル][ジフェニルエチレンジアミン]ルテニウム、および水酸化カリウム、カリウム-tert-ブトキシドなどの塩基試薬存在下、水素雰囲気下、2-プロパノール溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(VI-a)の化合物を製造することができる。別法として、ジクロロトリストリフェニルホスフィンルテニウム、ベンゼンルテニウム(II)クロリド(ダイマー)などの遷移金属錯体、および光学活性な2-アミノ-1,2-ジフェニルエタノール、1-アミノ-2-インダノールなどの試薬、および水酸化カリウム、カリウム-tert-ブトキシドなどの塩基試薬存在下、2-プロパノール溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(VI-a)の化合物を製造することもできる。別法として、クロロジイソピノカンフェイルボラン(IpcBCl)、もしくは光学活性なオキサザボロリジンおよびボラン(BH)存在下、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(VI-a)の化合物を製造することもできる。
Furthermore, the formula (VI-a) can also be produced according to the following method.
<Step 7>
Methods known in the literature using compounds of the formula (DV), such as (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 23-68, 1992, Maruzen) In the presence of a base reagent such as optically active dichloro [bis (diphenylphosphino) binaphthyl] [diphenylethylenediamine] ruthenium and potassium hydroxide, potassium tert-butoxide, in a hydrogen atmosphere, The compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by carrying out the reaction using a 2-propanol solvent at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature. Alternatively, transition metal complexes such as dichlorotristriphenylphosphine ruthenium, benzene ruthenium (II) chloride (dimer), and optically active 2-amino-1,2-diphenylethanol, 1-amino-2-indanol, etc. In the presence of a reagent and a base reagent such as potassium hydroxide or potassium tert-butoxide, the reaction is carried out using 2-propanol solvent at a temperature at which the solvent refluxes to produce a compound of formula (VI-a) You can also Alternatively, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 1,4-in the presence of chlorodiisopinocinfeylborane (Ipc 2 BCl), or optically active oxazaborolidine and borane (BH 3 ) It is also possible to produce a compound of the formula (VI-a) by carrying out the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C using an ether solvent such as dioxane.
(製造法E)<前記式(VI)において、n=1の場合>(式中、Pは、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基、ベンジルオキシカルボニル基、p-トルエンスルホニル基等の保護基を、Pはメチル基、エチル基のようなアルキル基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

 
<工程1>
 式(E-I)の化合物を用い、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基、ベンジルオキシカルボニル基、p-トルエンスルホニル基等の保護基を、文献公知の方法、例えばグリーン(Greene)らのプロテクティブ・グループス・イン・オルガニック・シンセシス(Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis)、(米国)、第3版、1999年、等の成書に記載の方法により導入し、式(E-II)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程2>
 式(E-II)の化合物を用い、メチル基、エチル基等のアルキル基を、文献公知の方法、例えばグリーン(Greene)らのプロテクティブ・グループス・イン・オルガニック・シンセシス(Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis)、(米国)、第3版、1999年、等の成書に記載の方法により導入し、式(E-III)の化合物を製造することができる。
(Production Method E) <In the Formula (VI) where n = 1> (wherein P 1 represents a protecting group such as a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a benzyloxycarbonyl group, a p-toluenesulfonyl group, and the like) 2 represents an alkyl group such as a methyl group or an ethyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011


<Step 1>
Using a compound of the formula (EI), protecting groups such as tert-butoxycarbonyl group, benzyloxycarbonyl group, p-toluenesulfonyl group and the like can be prepared by methods known in the literature, such as Greene et al. The compound of formula (E-II) can be produced by introducing by the method described in the book of Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, (USA), 3rd edition, 1999, etc. it can.
<Process 2>
Using a compound of the formula (E-II), an alkyl group such as a methyl group or an ethyl group is converted into a known method, for example, Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis (Protective Groups in Organic). Synthesis), (USA), 3rd edition, 1999, etc., can be introduced by the method described in the textbook to produce a compound of formula (E-III).
<工程3>
 式(E-III)の化合物を用い、導入された保護基を、文献公知の方法、例えばグリーン(Greene)らのプロテクティブ・グループス・イン・オルガニック・シンセシス(Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis)、(米国)、第3版、1999年、等の成書に記載の方法により除去し、式(E-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程4>
 式(E-IV)の化合物を、文献公知の方法、例えば(実験化学講座 第4版 26 有機合成VIII 不斉合成・還元・糖・標識化合物、165-167頁、1992年、丸善)などに記載された方法に準じて、たとえば、リチウム、ナトリウムなどのような金属を含む試薬の存在下、液体アンモニア、およびメタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、tert-ブタノールなどのアルコールを含む溶媒中で、-78℃から室温で反応することにより(Birch還元)、式(E-V)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程5>
 式(E-V)の化合物を、文献公知の方法、例えばザ・ジャーナル・オブ・オルガニック・ケミストリー(The Journal of Organic Chemistry)、51(26)、5252-5258、1986年に記載された方法に準じて、塩酸、硫酸、p-トルエンスルホン酸のような酸試薬の存在下、メタノール、エタノールのようなアルコール溶媒、1,4-ジオキサンおよびテトラヒドロフラン(THF)および1,2-ジメトキシエタンのようなエーテル、アセトン、水など反応に関与しない溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(E-VI)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程6>
 式(E-VI)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程2>と同様の方法により、式(E-VII)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程7>
 式(E-VII)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程4>と同様の方法により、式(VI-a)の化合物を製造することができる。
 前記式(VI)と同様に、式(VI-a)におけるヒドロキシル基の立体配置は、いすれかのエナンチオマーを表し、ラセミ体を光学異性体分離用カラムを用いて分離したいずれか一方の式(VI)で表されるアミンについては、得られた各エナンチオマーの第一分画を(A)、第二分画を(B)とする。
<Step 3>
Using the compound of formula (E-III), the introduced protecting group can be converted to methods known in the literature such as Greene et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, ( The compound of the formula (E-IV) can be produced by the removal by the method described in the textbook of US), 3rd edition, 1999, etc.
<Step 4>
The compound of formula (E-IV) is converted to a method known in the literature, for example (Experimental Chemistry Course 4th Edition 26 Organic Synthesis VIII Asymmetric Synthesis / Reduction / Sugar / Labeled Compound, 165-167, 1992, Maruzen) According to the described method, for example, in the presence of a reagent containing a metal such as lithium, sodium, etc., in a solvent containing liquid ammonia and an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, etc. Can be reacted at room temperature (Birch reduction) to produce a compound of formula (EV).
<Step 5>
Compounds of formula (EV) can be prepared by methods known in the literature, such as those described in The Journal of Organic Chemistry, 51 (26), 5252-5258, 1986. In the presence of acid reagents such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran (THF) and 1,2-dimethoxyethane. The compound of the formula (E-VI) can be produced by performing the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. using a solvent that does not participate in the reaction such as ether, acetone, water, or a mixed solvent thereof.
<Step 6>
Using the compound of formula (E-VI), the compound of formula (E-VII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 2>.
<Step 7>
Using the compound of formula (E-VII), the compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 4>.
Similarly to the formula (VI), the configuration of the hydroxyl group in the formula (VI-a) represents any enantiomer, and any one of the formulas obtained by separating the racemate using an optical isomer separation column. For the amine represented by (VI), the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is (A) and the second fraction is (B).
 さらに、中間体である式(E-VII)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。

<工程8>
 式(E-I)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば (新実験化学講座 15 酸化と還元II、426-428頁、1977年、丸善)等に記載された方法に準じて、パラジウム-炭素(Pd-C)、ラネーニッケル(Raney-Ni)、酸化白金等の触媒存在下、3から5気圧の水素雰囲気下にて、メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール系溶媒、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、1,2-ジメトキシエタン、1,4-ジオキサン等のエーテル系溶媒、酢酸エチル、酢酸メチル等の極性溶媒など反応に関与しない溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、0℃から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(E-VII)の化合物を製造することもできる。
Furthermore, the intermediate formula (E-VII) can also be produced according to the following method.

<Step 8>
In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (EI), for example, according to the method described in (New Experimental Chemistry Course 15 Oxidation and Reduction II, 426-428, 1977, Maruzen) In the presence of a catalyst such as carbon (Pd—C), Raney nickel (Raney-Ni), platinum oxide or the like, in an atmosphere of hydrogen at 3 to 5 atmospheres, an alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, etc. The solvent is refluxed from 0 ° C. using an ether solvent such as 1,2-dimethoxyethane or 1,4-dioxane, a polar solvent such as ethyl acetate or methyl acetate, or a mixed solvent thereof. The compound of the formula (E-VII) can also be produced by carrying out the reaction at a temperature at which
 さらに、式(VI-a)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。
<工程9>
 式(E-VI)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程7>と同様の方法により、式(VI-a)の化合物を製造することができる。
Furthermore, the formula (VI-a) can also be produced according to the following method.
<Step 9>
Using the compound of formula (E-VI), the compound of formula (VI-a) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 7>.
(製造法F)<前記式(VI)において、n=0の場合>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 
<工程1>
 式(F-I)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程1>と同様の方法により、式(F-II)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程2>
 式(F-II)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程2>と同様の方法により、式(F-III)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程3>
 式(F-III)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばジャーナル・オブ・メディシナル・ケミストリー(Journal of Medicinal Chemistry)、46(13)、2683-2696、2003年に記載された方法に準じて、p-トルエンスルホン酸、硫酸等の酸触媒存在下、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(F-IV)の化合物を製造することができる。
(Production Method F) <In the case where n = 0 in the formula (VI)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

<Step 1>
Using the compound of formula (FI), the compound of formula (F-II) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 1>.
<Process 2>
Using the compound of formula (F-II), the compound of formula (F-III) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 2>.
<Step 3>
In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (F-III), for example, the method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 46 (13), 2683-2696, 2003 In the presence of an acid catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and sulfuric acid, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as benzene, toluene and xylene, an ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran and the like, or a solvent mixture thereof. The compound of formula (F-IV) can be produced by performing the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature.
<工程4>
 式(F-IV)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えばジャーナル・オブ・メディシナル・ケミストリー(Journal of Medicinal Chemistry)、46(13)、2683-2696、2003年に記載された方法に準じて、m-クロロ過安息香酸等の試薬存在下、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン系溶媒、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(F-V)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程5>
 式(F-V)の化合物を用い、文献公知の方法、例えば国際公開第97/45410号パンフレット、47-50頁(中間体製造法3)に記載された方法に準じて、臭化マグネシウム-ジエチルエーテル錯体、よう化亜鉛等の試薬存在下、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン系溶媒、1,4-ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶媒、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒等の反応に不活性な溶媒、もしくはこれらの混合溶媒を用いて、室温から溶媒が還流する温度で反応を行い、式(F-VI)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程6>
 式(F-VI)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程2>と同様の方法により、式(F-VII)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程7>
 式(F-VII)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程3>と同様の方法により、式(F-VIII)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程8>
 式(F-VIII)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程4>と同様の方法により、式(VI-b)の化合物を製造することができる。
<Step 4>
In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (F-IV), for example, the method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 46 (13), 2683-2696, 2003 In the presence of a reagent such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid, a halogen-based solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform, an aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvent such as benzene, toluene or xylene, or a solvent mixture thereof. The compound of formula (FV) can be produced by performing the reaction at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature.
<Step 5>
In accordance with a method known in the literature using a compound of the formula (FV), for example, the method described in WO 97/45410 pamphlet, pages 47-50 (intermediate production method 3), magnesium bromide- In the presence of reagents such as diethyl ether complex and zinc iodide, halogen solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, ether solvents such as 1,4-dioxane and tetrahydrofuran, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene and xylene, etc. The compound of the formula (F-VI) can be produced by performing the reaction using a solvent inert to the reaction or a mixed solvent thereof at a temperature at which the solvent is refluxed from room temperature.
<Step 6>
The compound of formula (F-VII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production method D) <Step 2>, using the compound of formula (F-VI).
<Step 7>
Using the compound of formula (F-VII), the compound of formula (F-VIII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 3>.
<Step 8>
Using the compound of formula (F-VIII), the compound of formula (VI-b) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 4>.
 式(VI-b)において、*印のついた炭素結合に結合しているヒドロキシル基は、いずれかの立体配置であることを示す。当該ラセミ体を光学異性体分離用カラムを用いて分離したいずれか一方の式(VI-b)で表されるアミンについては、得られた各エナンチオマーの第一分画を(A)、第二分画を(B)とする。
 さらに、中間体である式(F-VIII)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。
<工程9>
 式(F-VI)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程3>と同様の方法により、式(F-IX)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程10>
 式(F-IX)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程2>と同様の方法により、式(F-VIII)の化合物を製造することができる。
In the formula (VI-b), the hydroxyl group bonded to the carbon bond marked with * indicates any configuration. For any one of the amines represented by the formula (VI-b) obtained by separating the racemate using an optical isomer separation column, the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is represented by (A), the second Let the fraction be (B).
Furthermore, the intermediate formula (F-VIII) can also be produced according to the following method.
<Step 9>
The compound of formula (F-IX) can be produced by using the compound of formula (F-VI) and the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 3>.
<Step 10>
Using the compound of formula (F-IX), the compound of formula (F-VIII) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 2>.
 さらに、式(IV-b)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。
<工程11>
 式(F-IX)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程7>と同様の方法により、式(VI-b)の化合物を製造することができる。
Furthermore, the formula (IV-b) can also be produced according to the following method.
<Step 11>
Using the compound of formula (F-IX), the compound of formula (VI-b) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 7>.
(製造法G)<前記式(VI)において、n=0の場合>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 
<工程1>
 式(F-II)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程2>と同様の方法により、式(F-III)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程2>
 式(F-III)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程3>と同様の方法により、式(G-I)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程3>
 式(G-I)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程4>と同様の方法により、式(VI-c)の化合物を製造することができる。式(VI-c)において、*印のついた炭素結合に結合しているヒドロキシル基は、いすれかの立体配置であることを示す。当該ラセミ体を光学異性体分離用カラムを用いて分離したいずれか一方の式(VI-c)で表されるアミンについては、得られた各エナンチオマーの第一分画を(A)、第二分画を(B)とする。
 さらに、中間体である式(G-I)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。
<工程4>
 式(F-II)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程3>と同様の方法により、式(G-II)の化合物を製造することができる。
<工程5>
 式(G-II)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程2>と同様の方法により、式(G-I)の化合物を製造することができる。
(Production Method G) <In the above formula (VI), when n = 0>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

<Step 1>
Using the compound of formula (F-II), the compound of formula (F-III) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 2>.
<Process 2>
Using the compound of formula (F-III), the compound of formula (GI) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 3>.
<Step 3>
Using the compound of formula (GI), the compound of formula (VI-c) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 4>. In the formula (VI-c), the hydroxyl group bonded to the carbon bond marked with * indicates any configuration. For any one of the amines represented by the formula (VI-c) obtained by separating the racemate using an optical isomer separation column, the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is represented by (A), the second Let the fraction be (B).
Furthermore, the intermediate formula (GI) can also be produced according to the following method.
<Step 4>
Using the compound of formula (F-II), the compound of formula (G-II) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 3>.
<Step 5>
Using the compound of formula (G-II), the compound of formula (GI) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 2>.
 さらに、式(VI-c)は、以下の方法に従い製造することもできる。
<工程6>
 式(G-II)の化合物を用い、(製造法D)<工程7>と同様の方法により、式(VI-c)の化合物を製造することができる。
 式(VI-c)において、*印のついた炭素結合に結合しているヒドロキシル基は、いすれかの立体配置であることを示す。当該ラセミ体を光学異性体分離用カラムを用いて分離したいずれか一方の式(VI-c)で表されるアミンについては、得られた各エナンチオマーの第一分画を(A)、第二分画を(B)とする。
Furthermore, the formula (VI-c) can also be produced according to the following method.
<Step 6>
Using the compound of formula (G-II), the compound of formula (VI-c) can be produced by the same method as in (Production Method D) <Step 7>.
In the formula (VI-c), the hydroxyl group bonded to the carbon bond marked with * indicates any configuration. For any one of the amines represented by the formula (VI-c) obtained by separating the racemate using an optical isomer separation column, the first fraction of each enantiomer obtained is represented by (A), the second Let the fraction be (B).
 上記の各製造法により合成した各化合物に置換基として水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシル基等の反応性基がある場合には、各製造工程においてこれらの基を適宜保護し、適当な段階で当該保護基を除去することで製造できる。こうした保護基の導入・除去の方法は、保護される基あるいは保護基のタイプにより適宜行われるが、例えばグリーン(Greene)らのプロテクティブ・グループス・イン・オルガニック・シンセシス(Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis)、(米国)、第3版、1999年、等の成書に記載の方法により行うことができる。 When each compound synthesized by each of the above production methods has a reactive group such as a hydroxyl group, an amino group, or a carboxyl group as a substituent, these groups are appropriately protected in each production process, and the protection is performed at an appropriate stage. It can be produced by removing the group. Such a method for introducing / removing a protecting group is appropriately performed depending on the group to be protected or the type of protecting group. For example, Green, et al., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis. ), (USA), 3rd edition, 1999, and the like.
[本発明化合物を含有する併用剤]
 本発明化合物は、他の薬物と併用することも可能である。
 例えば、鎮痛薬としては、アセトアミノフェン、アスピリンやモルヒネを代表とするオピオイド作動薬、またはガバペンチンの他、プレガバリン、デュロキセチン、或いはアミトリプチリンなどの抗うつ薬;カルバマゼピン、フェニトインなどの抗癲癇薬;メキシレチンなどの抗不整脈薬等の神経因性疼痛に転用し、処方されているものやジクロフェナク、インドメタシン、イブプロフェン、ナプロキセンを代表とするNSAIDs、セレブレックスを代表とするCOX-2阻害薬などの抗炎症薬、NR2Bアンタゴニスト、ブラジキニンアンタゴニスト、抗片頭痛剤が挙げられる。好ましくは、モルヒネ、ガバペンチンまたはプレガバリン、ジクロフェナク、セレブレックスである。
 他の薬物と併用して用いるだけではなく、他の治療法と合わせて治療を行うことも可能である。具体的には針治療、レーザー治療、神経ブロックなどが挙げられる。 疼痛以外のTRPV1が関与する疾患には、それぞれの領域で使用されている薬物との併用が可能である。例えば慢性リウマチ性関節炎などでは一般的に使用されているNSAIDs、DMARDsや抗TNFα抗体、可溶性TNFα受容体、ステロイド、免疫抑制剤などとの併用が可能である。また、COPDやアレルギー疾患ではβ2受容体作用薬やステロイドなどの一般的な治療薬との併用が可能である。また更に過活動性膀胱や尿失禁では、抗コリン薬との併用が可能である。
 上記疾患に対して既存薬と併用することにより、既存薬の投薬量を下げることが可能であり、既存薬の副作用を軽減することが可能となる。もちろん、当該薬物を用いた併用方法は、上記疾患に限定されるものではなく、且つ併用される薬物は上記に例示した化合物に限定されない。
 本発明化合物と併用される薬物とを組み合わせて使用する場合は、別々の製剤であっても、合剤であっても良い。また、別々の製剤においては、両者を同時に服用することも、時間をずらして投与することも可能である。
[Combination agent containing the compound of the present invention]
The compound of the present invention can be used in combination with other drugs.
Examples of analgesics include acetaminophen, opioid agonists such as aspirin and morphine, or gabapentin, antidepressants such as pregabalin, duloxetine, or amitriptyline; antidepressants such as carbamazepine and phenytoin; mexiletine, etc. Anti-inflammatory drugs such as NSAIDs represented by diclofenac, indomethacin, ibuprofen, naproxen, COX-2 inhibitors represented by Celebrex, NR2B antagonists, bradykinin antagonists, anti-migraine agents. Preferred are morphine, gabapentin or pregabalin, diclofenac, and Celebrex.
It is possible not only to be used in combination with other drugs, but also to be treated in combination with other treatment methods. Specific examples include acupuncture, laser treatment, and nerve block. Diseases involving TRPV1 other than pain can be used in combination with drugs used in each region. For example, it can be used in combination with NSAIDs, DMARDs, anti-TNFα antibodies, soluble TNFα receptors, steroids, immunosuppressants and the like that are commonly used in chronic rheumatoid arthritis. In addition, in COPD and allergic diseases, it can be used in combination with general therapeutic agents such as β2 receptor agonists and steroids. Furthermore, for overactive bladder and urinary incontinence, it can be combined with anticholinergic drugs.
By using in combination with existing drugs for the above-mentioned diseases, it is possible to reduce the dosage of existing drugs and reduce the side effects of existing drugs. Of course, the combination method using the drug is not limited to the above diseases, and the drug used in combination is not limited to the compounds exemplified above.
When the compound of the present invention is used in combination with a drug used in combination, it may be a separate preparation or a combination. Moreover, in separate preparations, both can be taken simultaneously or can be administered at different times.
[本発明の予防・治療剤の製剤化]
 本発明の医薬は、医薬組成物の形態で投与される。
 本発明の医薬組成物は、本発明の式(I)で表される化合物の少なくとも一つ以上を含んでいればよく、医薬上許容される添加剤と組み合わせてつくられる。より詳細には、賦形剤(例;乳糖、白糖、マンニット、結晶セルロース、ケイ酸、トウモロコシデンプン、バレイショデンプン)、結合剤(例;セルロース類(ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース(HPC)、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース(HPMC))、結晶セルロース、糖類(乳糖、マンニット、白糖、ソルビトール、エリスリトール、キシリトール、)、デンプン類(トウモロコシデンプン、バレイショデンプン)、α化デンプン、デキストリン、ポリビニルピロリドン(PVP)、マクロゴール、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA))、滑沢剤(例;ステアリン酸マグネシウム、ステアリン酸カルシウム、タルク、カルボキシメチルセルロース)、崩壊剤(例;デンプン類(トウモロコシデンプン、バレイショデンプン)、カルボキシメチルスターチナトリウム、カルメロース、カルメロースカルシウム、クロスカルメロースナトリウム、クロスポピドン)、被膜剤(例;セルロース類(ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース(HPC)、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース(HPMC)、アミノアルキルメタクリレートコポリマーE、メタクリル酸コポリマーLD)、可塑剤(例;クエン酸トリエチル、マクロゴール)、隠蔽剤(例;酸化チタン)、着色剤、香味剤、防腐剤(例;塩化ベンザルコニウム、パラオキシ安息香酸エステル)、等張化剤(例;グリセリン、塩化ナトリウム、塩化カルシウム、マンニトール、ブドウ糖)、pH調節剤(例;水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、塩酸、硫酸、リン酸緩衝液などの緩衝液)、安定化剤(例;糖、糖アルコール、キサンタンガム)、分散剤、酸化防止剤(例;アスコルビン酸、ブチルヒドロキシアニソール(BHA)、没食子酸プロピル、dl-α-トコフェロール)、緩衝剤、保存剤(例;パラベン、ベンジルアルコール、塩化ベンザルコニウム)、芳香剤(例;バニリン、l-メントール、ローズ油)、溶解補助剤(例;ポリオキシエチレン硬化ヒマシ油、ポリソルベート80、ポリエチレングリコール、リン脂質コレステロール、トリエタノールアミン)、吸収促進剤(例;グリコール酸ナトリウム、エデト酸ナトリウム、カプリン酸ナトリウム、アシルカルニチン類、リモネン)、ゲル化剤、懸濁化剤、または乳化剤、一般的に用いられる適当な添加剤または溶媒の類を、本発明の化合物と適宜組み合わせて種々の剤形とすることが出来る。
[Formulation of the preventive / therapeutic agent of the present invention]
The medicament of the present invention is administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention only needs to contain at least one compound represented by the formula (I) of the present invention, and is prepared in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable additive. More specifically, excipients (eg; lactose, sucrose, mannitol, crystalline cellulose, silicic acid, corn starch, potato starch), binders (eg; celluloses (hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose ( HPMC)), crystalline cellulose, saccharides (lactose, mannitol, sucrose, sorbitol, erythritol, xylitol,), starches (corn starch, potato starch), pregelatinized starch, dextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), macrogol, polyvinyl Alcohol (PVA)), lubricant (eg; magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc, carboxymethylcellulose), disintegrant (eg; starches (corn starch, potato starch), carbo Cymethyl starch sodium, carmellose, carmellose calcium, croscarmellose sodium, crospovidone), coating agent (eg; celluloses (hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), aminoalkyl methacrylate copolymer E, methacrylic acid) Copolymer LD), plasticizers (eg triethyl citrate, macrogol), masking agents (eg titanium oxide), colorants, flavoring agents, preservatives (eg benzalkonium chloride, paraoxybenzoic acid esters), isotonic Agents (eg, glycerin, sodium chloride, calcium chloride, mannitol, glucose), pH regulators (eg, buffers such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphate buffer), stable Agent (eg, sugar, sugar a) (Alcohol, xanthan gum), dispersant, antioxidant (eg; ascorbic acid, butylhydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, dl-α-tocopherol), buffer, preservative (eg; paraben, benzyl alcohol, benzal chloride) Luconium), fragrance (eg, vanillin, l-menthol, rose oil), solubilizer (eg, polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polysorbate 80, polyethylene glycol, phospholipid cholesterol, triethanolamine), absorption enhancer (E.g., sodium glycolate, sodium edetate, sodium caprate, acylcarnitines, limonene), gelling agents, suspending agents or emulsifiers, commonly used suitable additives or solvents It can be combined with the compounds of the invention as appropriate to form various dosage forms. Come.
 種々の剤形とは、錠剤、カプセル剤、顆粒剤、散剤、丸剤、エアゾール剤、吸入剤、軟膏剤、貼付剤、坐剤、注射剤、トローチ剤、液剤、酒精剤、懸濁剤、エキス剤、エリキシル剤等があげられる。また、経口、皮下投与、筋肉内投与、鼻腔内投与、経皮投与、静脈内投与、動脈内投与、神経周囲投与、硬膜外投与、硬膜下腔内投与、脳室内投与、直腸内投与、吸入等により患者に投与し得る。
 本発明化合物の投与量は、通常成人1日当たり0.005mg~3.0g、好ましくは0.05mg~2.5g、より好ましくは0.1mg~1.5gであるが、症状あるいは投与経路に応じて適宜増減できる。
 全量を1回あるいは2-6回に分割して経口または非経口投与することや、点滴静注等、連続投与することも可能である。
Various dosage forms include tablets, capsules, granules, powders, pills, aerosols, inhalants, ointments, patches, suppositories, injections, lozenges, liquids, spirits, suspensions, Examples include extract and elixir. Oral, subcutaneous administration, intramuscular administration, intranasal administration, transdermal administration, intravenous administration, intraarterial administration, perineural administration, epidural administration, intradural administration, intraventricular administration, intrarectal administration It can be administered to a patient by inhalation or the like.
The dose of the compound of the present invention is usually 0.005 mg to 3.0 g, preferably 0.05 mg to 2.5 g, more preferably 0.1 mg to 1.5 g per day for an adult. Can be increased or decreased as appropriate.
The total amount can be divided into 1 or 2-6 doses, orally or parenterally, or can be administered continuously by intravenous infusion.
[薬理実験例]
 以下に実験例を挙げて、本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらによって何ら限定されるものではない。
(1)ヒトおよびラットTRPV1形質転換CHO細胞株におけるカプサイシン誘発性Ca流入の測定
(a)ヒトおよびラットTRPV1形質転換CHO細胞株の樹立
 ヒトおよびラットバニロイド受容体1(hTRPV1, rTRPV1)cDNAをヒト脳およびラット後根神経節からクローニングした。クローニングしたTRPV1 cDNAをpCAGGSベクターに組み入れ、これをCHO-K1細胞株に遺伝子導入して、形質転換を行った。限界希釈により得られたクローンをカプサイシンで刺激し、Ca濃度増加を指標として高応答のクローンを選択した。選択されたクローンを実験に使用した。
[Examples of pharmacological experiments]
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to experimental examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
(1) Measurement of capsaicin-induced Ca influx in human and rat TRPV1-transformed CHO cell lines (a) Establishment of human and rat TRPV1-transformed CHO cell lines And cloned from rat dorsal root ganglia. The cloned TRPV1 cDNA was incorporated into a pCAGGS vector, which was introduced into a CHO-K1 cell line for transformation. Clones obtained by limiting dilution were stimulated with capsaicin, and clones with high response were selected using an increase in Ca concentration as an index. Selected clones were used for experiments.
(b)FDSS-6000を用いたCa流入の測定
 ヒトまたはラットTRPV1形質転換CHO細胞を96ウェルプレート(黒壁、透明底 / Greiner社製)に1ウェルあたり4万細胞の密度で播種した。1晩、37℃、5%CO2条件下で培養した後、2.5 mmol/L プロベネシドを添加したFLIPR Calcium 3 assay kit (Molecular Devices社製)のloading solutionを各ウェルに培地と同量添加し、細胞を37℃で60分間、培養した。カプサイシン(10 nmol/L) 刺激後3分間、FDSS-6000 (λex:480 nm,λem:540 nm,浜松ホトニクス)を用いて細胞内Ca濃度の変化を測定した。本発明の化合物処置群および媒体群のそれぞれで細胞内Ca濃度増加率の積分値を算出した後、カプサイシンにより誘発される細胞内Ca濃度増加を50%抑制する本発明の化合物の濃度(IC50)を算出し、この値を指標として試験化合物の阻害効果を比較した。尚、ヒトTRPV1におけるIC50値が、100nmol/L未満の場合をAとして表1に示した。本発明の化合物は、上記の方法によりIC50値を測定すると、少なくとも1μmol/L以下の強度を示すものである。
(B) Measurement of Ca influx using FDSS-6000 Human or rat TRPV1-transformed CHO cells were seeded in a 96-well plate (black wall, transparent bottom / manufactured by Greiner) at a density of 40,000 cells per well. After overnight culture at 37 ° C. and 5% CO 2 , the loading solution of FLIPR Calcium 3 assay kit (Molecular Devices) supplemented with 2.5 mmol / L probenecid was added to each well in the same amount as the medium. The cells were then incubated at 37 ° C. for 60 minutes. Capsaicin (10 nmol / L) Changes in intracellular Ca concentration were measured using FDSS-6000 (λex: 480 nm, λem: 540 nm, Hamamatsu Photonics) for 3 minutes after stimulation. After calculating the integrated value of the increase rate of intracellular Ca concentration in each of the compound treatment group and the vehicle group of the present invention, the concentration of the compound of the present invention (IC 50) that suppresses the increase in intracellular Ca concentration induced by capsaicin by 50%. ) And the inhibitory effect of the test compound was compared using this value as an index. A case where the IC 50 value in human TRPV1 is less than 100 nmol / L is shown in Table 1 as A. The compound of the present invention exhibits an intensity of at least 1 μmol / L or less when the IC 50 value is measured by the above method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
(2)CFA誘発ラット炎症性疼痛モデルに対する化合物の効果
 CFA誘発ラット炎症性疼痛モデルは一般的な方法、例えばPomonis JD等の法で作成する(The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics,306巻:387-393)。具体的には、ラット足裏に100%CFA 50μLを投与して炎症を惹起する。
 本発明の化合物をCFA投与2日後、あるいは1週間後にラットに経口投与することにより疼痛閾値の低下が抑制されて、すなわち炎症性疼痛治療薬としての有効性が証明される。
(3)神経因性疼痛モデルラットに対する化合物の効果
 本発明の化合物をChungモデルラット、Seltzerモデルラット、STZ誘発糖尿病性疼痛モデルラットのいずれかに経口投与することにより、疼痛閾値の低下が抑制されて、すなわち神経因性疼痛治療薬としての有効性が証明される。
(4)マウスPQライジングに対する化合物の効果
 マウスPQ(Phenyl-p-quinone)ライジングはMustafa AA等の方法で作製する(General Pharmacology,23巻:1177-1182)。具体的には、マウス腹腔内に生理食塩水で希釈したPhenyl-p-quinoneを投与した後に、マウスが体を伸ばす、よじる、丸める等の行動を示した回数を一定時間記録する。
  本発明の化合物をPhenyl-p-quinone投与前にマウスに投与することにより、Phenyl-p-quinone投与後の伸ばす、よじる、丸める等の行動を示した回数が減少して有効性が示される。
(2) Effect of Compound on CFA-Induced Rat Inflammatory Pain Model A CFA-induced rat inflammatory pain model is prepared by a general method, for example, the method of Pomonis JD (The Journal of Pharmaceutical Therapy and Volume 306: 387- 393). Specifically, inflammation is induced by administering 50 μL of 100% CFA to the soles of rats.
Oral administration of the compound of the present invention to rats 2 days or 1 week after administration of CFA suppresses the decrease in pain threshold, that is, proves its effectiveness as a therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain.
(3) Effect of Compound on Neuropathic Pain Model Rat When the compound of the present invention is orally administered to any one of Chung model rat, Seltzer model rat and STZ-induced diabetic pain model rat, the decrease in pain threshold is suppressed. In other words, the effectiveness as a therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain is proved.
(4) Effect of Compound on Mouse PQ Rising Mouse PQ (Phenyl-p-quinone) rising is prepared by a method such as Mustafa AA (General Pharmacology, Vol. 23: 1177-1182). Specifically, after the administration of Phenyl-p-quinone diluted with physiological saline into the abdominal cavity of the mouse, the number of times that the mouse showed an action such as stretching, twisting or rolling is recorded for a certain period of time.
By administering the compound of the present invention to mice prior to administration of Phenyl-p-quinone, the number of times of behavior such as stretching, twisting, and rounding after administration of Phenyl-p-quinone is reduced, thereby showing the effectiveness.
(5)安全性試験
 本発明の化合物を30mg/Kgの用量でラットに単回で経口投与し、死亡例は認められず、目立った行動異常も観察されないことにより、本発明化合物の安全性が示される。

(6)パッチクランプ法によるhERG阻害試験
 hERG(human ether-a-go-go related gene)チャネルに対する作用を全自動パッチクランプシステム(PatchXpress 7000A;モレキュラーデバイス)を用いて測定する。細胞のhERG IKr電流を確認するため、膜電位を-80mVに保持して定期的に脱分極パルスを加える。発生した電流が安定した後、灌流液に被験物質を添加する。被験物質のhERGチャネルに対する作用は、-50mV、0.2秒間および20mV、5秒間の脱分極パルスに続く-50mV、5秒間の再分極パルスによって誘導されるテール電流の変化によって確認する。刺激は12秒に1回の頻度で行った。測定は室温で行う。hERGチャネル阻害率は、被験物質適用前の最大テール電流に対する適用5分後のテール電流の減少率(抑制率)として算出する。
 この抑制率を算出することにより、薬物によるQT延長とそれに続く致死的な副作用(心室頻拍や突然死など)を誘発する可能性が示される。
(5) Safety test The compound of the present invention is orally administered to a rat at a dose of 30 mg / Kg once, and no deaths are observed and no remarkable behavioral abnormalities are observed. Indicated.

(6) hERG inhibition test by patch clamp method The effect on hERG (human ether-a-go-related gene) channel is measured using a fully automatic patch clamp system (PatchXpress 7000A; molecular device). In order to confirm the hERG I Kr current of the cells, a depolarizing pulse is periodically applied while maintaining the membrane potential at −80 mV. After the generated current has stabilized, the test substance is added to the perfusate. The effect of the test substance on the hERG channel is confirmed by changes in tail current induced by -50 mV, 0.2 s and 20 mV, 5 s depolarization pulse followed by -50 mV, 5 s repolarization pulse. Stimulation was performed once every 12 seconds. The measurement is performed at room temperature. The hERG channel inhibition rate is calculated as the reduction rate (suppression rate) of the tail current 5 minutes after application with respect to the maximum tail current before application of the test substance.
By calculating this inhibition rate, the possibility of inducing QT prolongation by drugs and subsequent fatal side effects (such as ventricular tachycardia and sudden death) is shown.
(7)ファーマコキネティクス
 例えば、5から6週齢の雄性SDラットを用いて、本発明の化合物を経口単回投与した後の血漿中濃度推移を検討することにより、バイオアベイラビリティは良好であり、投与量にほぼ比例して、最高血漿中濃度(Cmax)及びAUCはいずれも増加し線形性を保つ特性を有していることが証明される。また、ヒト薬物代謝酵素に対する阻害作用を測定することにより、それに対する影響が証明される。さらに、ヒト、サル、イヌ及びラットの肝ミクロソームを用いて、代謝を受けにくいか否かが証明され、肝代謝による初回通過効果を受けにくいか否かが証明される。
(7) Pharmacokinetics For example, by using male SD rats aged 5 to 6 weeks and examining the change in plasma concentration after single oral administration of the compound of the present invention, bioavailability is good, It is proved that the maximum plasma concentration (Cmax) and AUC both increase and keep linearity almost in proportion to the dose. In addition, by measuring the inhibitory action on human drug-metabolizing enzymes, the influence on it is proved. In addition, human, monkey, dog and rat liver microsomes are used to demonstrate whether they are less susceptible to metabolism and whether they are less susceptible to the first pass effect of liver metabolism.
(8)直腸温に対する影響
 試験化合物を1mg/Kgの用量でラットに単回尾静脈内投与して、15分後、30分後、60分後における直腸温度を測定し、その間の直腸温を観察し、その結果を表2に示した。
 試験化合物を10mg/Kgの用量でラットに単回経口投与して、30分後、60分後、120分後における直腸温度を測定し、その間の直腸温を観察し、その結果を表2に示した。
 また、当該直腸温に対する影響は、ラット以外に適宜様々な動物を用いて観察することが可能である。例えば、げっ歯目(例えば、ハムスター、マウス、モルモット等)、食虫目(例えば、スンクス等)、重歯目(例えば、ウサギ等)、食肉目(例えば、イヌ、フェレット、ミンク、ネコ等)、奇蹄目(例えば、ウマ等)、偶蹄目(例えば、ブタ、ウシ、ヤギ、ヒツジ等)、霊長目(例えば、種々のサル、チンパンジー等)が挙げられる。また、ヒトでの体温への影響を観察することも可能である。
 
 化合物A:4-(3-トリフルオロメチルピリジン-2-イル)-N-(5-トリフルオロメチルピリジン-2-イル)-1-ピペラジンカルボキサミド
 化合物B:(E)-3-(4-t-ブチルフェニル)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロベンゾ[b][1,4]ジオキシン-6-イル)アクリルアミド

 化合物C:N-(4-「6-(4-トリフルオロメチル-フェニル)-ピリミジン-4-イルオキシ]-ベンゾチアゾール-2-イル」アセトアミド (*)
(*):NEUROSCIENCE 2007
Program#/Poster# : 400.9/OO22
Title: The capsaicin receptor TRPV1: Is it a pain transducer or a regulator of body temperature ?
Location:  San   Diego Convention   Center: Halls B-H
Presentation Start/End Time :Monday, Nov 05, 2007, 8:00 AM - 9:00 AM
 Authors : N. R. GAVVA;

 化合物D:WO2007/010383号公報に記載の実施例68の化合物/(E)-2-(8-トリフルオロメチル-3,4-ジヒドロベンゾ[b]オキセピン-5(2H)-イリデン)- N-(3-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロキノリン-5-イル)アセトアミド
(8) Effect on rectal temperature A test compound was administered to a rat once at a dose of 1 mg / Kg, and the rectal temperature was measured after 15 minutes, 30 minutes and 60 minutes. The results are shown in Table 2.
A test compound was orally administered to a rat once at a dose of 10 mg / Kg, and the rectal temperature at 30 minutes, 60 minutes, and 120 minutes was measured, and the rectal temperature was observed. The results are shown in Table 2. Indicated.
The effect on the rectal temperature can be observed using various animals as appropriate in addition to rats. For example, rodents (eg, hamsters, mice, guinea pigs, etc.), carnivores (eg, sunks), heavy teeth (eg, rabbits), carnivores (eg, dogs, ferrets, minks, cats, etc.) Ostracoda (for example, horses, etc.), cloven-hoofed eyes (for example, pigs, cows, goats, sheep, etc.), and primates (for example, various monkeys, chimpanzees, etc.). It is also possible to observe the effect on human body temperature.

Compound A: 4- (3-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl) -N- (5-trifluoromethylpyridin-2-yl) -1-piperazinecarboxamide Compound B: (E) -3- (4-t -Butylphenyl) -N- (2,3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1,4] dioxin-6-yl) acrylamide

Compound C: N- (4- “6- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl) -pyrimidin-4-yloxy] -benzothiazol-2-yl” acetamide (*)
(*): NEUROSCIENCE 2007
Program # / Poster #: 400.9 / OO22
Title: The capsaicin receptor TRPV1: Is it a pain transducer or a regulator of body temperature?
Location: San Diego Convention Center: Halls BH
Presentation Start / End Time: Monday, Nov 05, 2007, 8:00 AM-9:00 AM
Authors: N. R. GAVVA;

Compound D: Compound of Example 68 described in WO2007 / 010383 / (E) -2- (8-trifluoromethyl-3,4-dihydrobenzo [b] oxepin-5 (2H) -ylidene) -N -(3-Hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolin-5-yl) acetamide
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

 各測定時点で試験化合物投与群と媒体投与群の平均値の差を計算し,差の絶対値の最大値から,ラット直腸温変化を以下のように3段階に分類した。
-:最大値が摂氏0.5度未満
+:最大値が摂氏0.5度以上1度未満
++:最大値が摂氏1度以上
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

The difference between the average values of the test compound administration group and the vehicle administration group was calculated at each measurement time point, and the rat rectal temperature change was classified into the following three levels from the maximum absolute value of the difference.
-: Maximum value is less than 0.5 degrees Celsius +: Maximum value is 0.5 degrees Celsius or more and less than 1 degree ++: Maximum value is 1 degree Celsius or more
 以上の結果より、本発明の化合物は、TRPV1受容体に拮抗作用を有することが示された。また、in ViVoの炎症性疼痛モデル、神経因性疼痛モデルでの鎮痛効果を示し、安全性試験において何ら異常が認められず、本発明の低い毒性が示される。
 更に、本発明の好ましい化合物は、代謝安定性が高く、薬物動態も良好である。また、溶解性に優れ、薬効発現の用量で体温上昇を来さない(とりわけ、体温変化が少ない)。
 従って、本発明の化合物は、TRPV1受容体調節剤、とりわけTRPV1受容体拮抗剤として、疼痛の予防または治療剤、とりわけ炎症性疼痛もしくは神経因性疼痛の予防または治療剤として期待される。
From the above results, it was shown that the compound of the present invention has an antagonistic action on the TRPV1 receptor. Moreover, it shows the analgesic effect of inflammatory pain model and neuropathic pain model of in ViVo, no abnormality is observed in the safety test, and the low toxicity of the present invention is shown.
Furthermore, preferred compounds of the present invention have high metabolic stability and good pharmacokinetics. Moreover, it has excellent solubility and does not cause an increase in body temperature at a dose that exhibits a medicinal effect (particularly, there is little change in body temperature).
Therefore, the compound of the present invention is expected as a TRPV1 receptor modulator, particularly as a TRPV1 receptor antagonist, as a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for pain, particularly as a prophylactic or therapeutic agent for inflammatory pain or neuropathic pain.
 本発明化合物は、これら各種の疾患に対して有望な予防、あるいは治療効果を示すことが期待される。具体的には、急性疼痛、慢性疼痛、神経因性疼痛、線維筋痛症、ヘルペス後神経痛、三叉神経痛、腰痛、脊髄損傷後疼痛、下肢痛、カウザルギー、糖尿病性神経痛、浮腫、火傷、捻挫、骨折などによる痛み、手術後疼痛、肩関節周囲炎、変形性関節症、関節炎、リウマチ性関節炎痛、炎症性疼痛、癌性疼痛、偏頭痛、頭痛、歯痛、神経痛、筋肉痛、痛覚過敏、狭心症や月経による疼痛、神経障害、神経損傷、神経変性、慢性閉塞性肺疾患(COPD)、喘息、気道過敏、喘鳴、咳、鼻炎、目などの粘膜の炎症、神経性皮膚疾患、乾癬や湿疹などの炎症性皮膚疾患、浮腫、アレルギー疾患、胃十二指腸潰瘍、潰瘍性大腸炎、過敏性大腸、クローン病、尿失禁、切迫性尿失禁、過活動性膀胱、膀胱炎、腎炎、膵炎、ブドウ膜炎、内臓障害、虚血、卒中、失調症、肥満、敗血症、そう痒症、糖尿病の治療のために使用できる。神経因性疼痛、線維筋痛症、炎症性疼痛、尿失禁に対して有望な治療効果が期待できる。 The compounds of the present invention are expected to show promising preventive or therapeutic effects for these various diseases. Specifically, acute pain, chronic pain, neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia, postherpetic neuralgia, trigeminal neuralgia, back pain, pain after spinal cord injury, lower limb pain, causalgia, diabetic neuralgia, edema, burns, sprains, Pain due to fracture, postoperative pain, periarthritis, osteoarthritis, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis pain, inflammatory pain, cancer pain, migraine, headache, toothache, neuralgia, muscle pain, hyperalgesia, narrow Pain due to heart disease and menstruation, neuropathy, nerve damage, neurodegeneration, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), asthma, airway hyperresponsiveness, wheezing, cough, rhinitis, inflammation of mucous membranes such as eyes, neurological skin disease, psoriasis and Inflammatory skin diseases such as eczema, edema, allergic diseases, gastroduodenal ulcer, ulcerative colitis, irritable colon, Crohn's disease, urinary incontinence, urge incontinence, overactive bladder, cystitis, nephritis, pancreatitis, grape Membrane inflammation, visceral injury, ischemia, Among, ataxia, obesity, sepsis, pruritus, it can be used for the treatment of diabetes. Promising therapeutic effects can be expected for neuropathic pain, fibromyalgia, inflammatory pain, and urinary incontinence.
 [製剤例]
 以下に、本発明の医薬組成物の例を挙げる。
製剤例1 錠剤
  実施例1の化合物           100g
  乳糖                 137g
  結晶セルロース             30g
  ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース      15g
  カルボキシメチルスターチナトリウム   15g
  ステアリン酸マグネシウム         3g
 上記成分を秤量した後,均一に混合する。この混合物を打錠して重量150mgの錠剤とする。
製剤例2 フィルムコーティング
  ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース    9g
  マクロゴール6000           1g
  酸化チタン                2g
 上記成分を秤量した後,ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、マクロゴール6000を水に溶解、酸化チタンを分散させる。この液を、製剤例1の錠剤300gにフィルムコーティングし、フィルムコート錠を得る。
[Formulation example]
The following are examples of the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention.
Formulation Example 1 Compound of Tablet Example 1 100 g
137g of lactose
Crystalline cellulose 30g
Hydroxypropylcellulose 15g
Carboxymethyl starch sodium 15g
Magnesium stearate 3g
Weigh the above ingredients and mix evenly. This mixture is compressed into tablets having a weight of 150 mg.
Formulation Example 2 Film-coated hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 9g
Macrogol 6000 1g
Titanium oxide 2g
After weighing the above components, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and macrogol 6000 are dissolved in water and titanium oxide is dispersed. This liquid is film-coated on 300 g of the tablet of Preparation Example 1 to obtain film-coated tablets.
製剤例3 カプセル剤
  実施例2の化合物            50g
  乳糖                 435g
  ステアリン酸マグネシウム        15g
 上記成分を秤量した後、均一に混合する。混合物をカプセル封入器にて適当なハードカプセルに重量300mgずつ充填し、カプセル剤とする。
製剤例4 カプセル剤
  実施例6の化合物           100g
  乳糖                  63g
  トウモロコシデンプン          25g
  ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース      10g
  タルク                  2g
 上記成分を秤量した後、実施例6の化合物、乳糖、トウモロコシデンプンを均一に混合し、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロースの水溶液を加え、湿式造粒法により顆粒を製造する。この顆粒にタルクを均一に混合し、適当なハードカプセルに重量200mgずつ充填し、カプセル剤とする。
Formulation Example 3 Capsule Example 2 Compound 50g
Lactose 435g
Magnesium stearate 15g
The above ingredients are weighed and mixed uniformly. The mixture is filled into an appropriate hard capsule in an amount of 300 mg in a capsule encapsulator to obtain a capsule.
Formulation Example 4 Capsules Example 6 Compound 100g
Lactose 63g
Corn starch 25g
Hydroxypropylcellulose 10g
Talc 2g
After weighing the above components, the compound of Example 6, lactose and corn starch are uniformly mixed, an aqueous solution of hydroxypropylcellulose is added, and granules are produced by wet granulation. Talc is uniformly mixed into the granules, and 200 mg in weight is filled into suitable hard capsules to form capsules.
製剤例5 散剤
  実施例10の化合物          200g
  乳糖                 790g
  ステアリン酸マグネシウム        10g
 上記成分をそれぞれ秤量した後、均一に混合し、20%散剤とする。
製剤例6 顆粒剤、細粒剤
  実施例12の化合物          100g
  乳糖                 200g
  結晶セルロース            100g
  部分α化デンプン            50g
  ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース      50g

 上記成分を秤量した後、実施例12の化合物、乳糖、結晶セルロース,部分α化デンプンを加えて均一に混合し、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース(HPC)の水溶液を加え、湿式造粒法により顆粒又は細粒を製造する。この顆粒又は細粒を乾燥し、顆粒剤又は細粒剤とする。
製剤例7 クリーム剤
 実施例1の化合物             0.5g
 酢酸dl-α-トコフェロール       0.1g
 グリチルレチン酸ステアリル        0.05g
 ステアリン酸               3g
 高級アルコール              1g
 スクワラン               10g
 ミリスチン酸オクチルドデシル       3g
 トリメチルグリシン            7g
 防腐剤                  適量
 けん化剤                 適量
 上記成分を秤量した後、実施例1の化合物を混和して溶解する。精製水を適量加えて50gにして、クリーム製剤とする。
Formulation Example 5 Powder Example 10 Compound 200g
790 g of lactose
Magnesium stearate 10g
After weighing each of the above components, they are mixed uniformly to form a 20% powder.
Formulation Example 6 Granules, Fine Granules Compound of Example 12 100 g
Lactose 200g
Crystalline cellulose 100g
Partially pregelatinized starch 50g
Hydroxypropylcellulose 50g

After weighing the above components, the compound of Example 12, lactose, crystalline cellulose, and partially pregelatinized starch were added and mixed uniformly, an aqueous solution of hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC) was added, and granules or fine granules were obtained by wet granulation. Manufacturing. The granules or fine granules are dried to obtain granules or fine granules.
Formulation Example 7 Cream Compound of Example 1 0.5 g
0.1 g of dl-α-tocopherol acetate
Stearyl glycyrrhetinate 0.05g
Stearic acid 3g
Higher alcohol 1g
Squalane 10g
Octyldodecyl myristate 3g
7g of trimethylglycine
Preservative Appropriate amount Saponifying agent Appropriate amount After weighing the above components, the compound of Example 1 is mixed and dissolved. An appropriate amount of purified water is added to make 50 g to obtain a cream formulation.
 次に、本発明をさらに詳細に説明するために実施例をあげるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
 核磁気共鳴スペクトル(NMR)の測定には、ジェオールJNM-EX270(JEOL JNM-EX270)FT-NMR(日本電子(株)製)、ジェオールJNM-ECX300(JEOL JNM-ECX300)FT-NMR(日本電子(株)製)、ジェオールJNM-ECX400(JEOL JNM-ECX400)FT-NMR(日本電子(株)製)を用いた。LC MassはWaters FractionLynx MSシステム(Waters製)を用い、カラムにはWaters製、SunFireカラム(4.6mm×5cm、5μm)を、移動相にはアセトニトリル、0.05%酢酸水溶液を用いて、アセトニトリル:0.05%酢酸水溶液=1:9(0分)~9:1(5分)~9:1(6分)のグラジエント条件を用いて分析した。旋光度(〔α〕)の測定には、DIP-1000型ディジタル旋光計(日本分光(株)製)を用いた。
Next, examples are given to describe the present invention in more detail, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
For the measurement of nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum (NMR), Geol JNM-EX270 (JEOL JNM-EX270) FT-NMR (manufactured by JEOL Ltd.), Geol JNM-ECX300 (JEOL JNM-ECX300) FT-NMR (JEOL) GEOL JNM-ECX400 (JEOL JNM-ECX400) FT-NMR (manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) was used. LC Mass is a Waters FractionLynx MS system (Waters), Waters column, SunFire column (4.6 mm × 5 cm, 5 μm), mobile phase acetonitrile, 0.05% acetic acid aqueous solution, acetonitrile. : 0.05% acetic acid aqueous solution = 1: 9 (0 minutes) to 9: 1 (5 minutes) to 9: 1 (6 minutes) Gradient conditions were used for analysis. A DIP-1000 type digital polarimeter (manufactured by JASCO Corporation) was used for the measurement of optical rotation ([α] D ).
(参考例1)(E)-2-(3,4-ジヒドロ-8-トリフルオロメチル-1-ベンゾオキセピン-5(2H)-イリデン)酢酸の合成
<工程1>2-ヨード-5-トリフルオロメチルフェノールの合成
 水素化ナトリウム(7.1g)のトルエン(300.0mL)の懸濁液に、氷冷下、3-トリフルオロメチルフェノール(16.6g)のトルエン(200.0mL)溶液を滴下した。同温で30分間撹拌後、ヨウ素(26.0g)を加えた。室温で12時間撹拌後、3規定塩酸水溶液を加えpH=2とした。酢酸エチルで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して、標記粗化合物(30.8g)を淡黄色オイルとして得た。
<工程2>3-(3-シアノプロピルオキシ)-4-ヨードトリフルオロメチルベンゼンの合成
 (参考例1)<工程1>で得られた化合物(60.0g)のアセトン(250.0mL)溶液に、炭酸カリウム(31.7g)、4-ブロモブチロニトリル(31.5g)、ヨウ化カリウム(3.5g)加え、4時間加熱還流をした。放冷後、不溶物を濾別後、アセトン洗浄した。濾液と洗液を濃縮し、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して、標記粗化合物(72.4g)を淡黄色オイルとして得た。
Reference Example 1 Synthesis of (E) -2- (3,4-dihydro-8-trifluoromethyl-1-benzooxepin-5 (2H) -ylidene) acetic acid <Step 1> 2-iodo-5-trifluoro Synthesis of methylphenol A solution of 3-trifluoromethylphenol (16.6 g) in toluene (200.0 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of sodium hydride (7.1 g) in toluene (300.0 mL) under ice-cooling. did. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, iodine (26.0 g) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 12 hours, 3N hydrochloric acid aqueous solution was added to adjust to pH = 2. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title crude compound (30.8 g) as a pale yellow oil.
<Step 2> Synthesis of 3- (3-cyanopropyloxy) -4-iodotrifluoromethylbenzene (Reference Example 1) Acetone (250.0 mL) solution of the compound (60.0 g) obtained in <Step 1> To the solution, potassium carbonate (31.7 g), 4-bromobutyronitrile (31.5 g) and potassium iodide (3.5 g) were added, and the mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. After standing to cool, the insoluble material was filtered off and washed with acetone. The filtrate and washings were concentrated, water was added, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title crude compound (72.4 g) as a pale yellow oil.
<工程3>3-(5-エトキシカルボニル-4-ペンテン)オキシ-4-ヨードトリフルオロメチルベンゼンの合成
 (参考例1)<工程2>で得られた化合物(100.0g)のトルエン(600.0mL)溶液に、-78℃にて水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム(トルエン溶液、341.0mL)を滴下し、同温で30分、室温で1時間攪拌した。0.5規定硫酸水溶液(1.4L)を加え、ヘキサンで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して、中間体(アルデヒド)を淡黄色液体として得た。得られたアルデヒドのテトラヒドロフラン (1.0L)溶液に、ジエチルホスホノ酢酸エチル (25.8g)を加え、氷冷下、水酸化カリウム(7.9g)のテトラヒドロフラン(200.0mL)懸濁液を加え、室温にて8時間攪拌した。水を加え、ヘキサンで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して、標記化合物(111.6g)を淡黄色オイルとして得た。
<工程4>(E)-2-(3,4-ジヒドロ-8-トリフルオロメチル-1-ベンゾオキセピン-5(2H)-イリデン)酢酸エチルの合成
 (参考例1)<工程3>で得られた化合物(48.4g)のテトラヒドロフラン(500.0mL)溶液に、酢酸パラジウム(2.8g)、トリフェニルホスフィン(5.9g)、炭酸銀(31.2g)を加え、窒素気流下、15時間加熱還流をした。反応溶液をセライト濾過した後、水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して、標記化合物(15.7g)を白色固体として得た。
<工程5>(E)-2-(3,4-ジヒドロ-8-トリフルオロメチル-1-ベンゾオキセピン-5(2H)-イリデン)酢酸の合成
 (参考例1)<工程4>で得られた化合物(10.2g)のメタノール(56.0mL)溶液に2規定水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(28.0mL)を加え、2時間加熱還流した。溶媒を減圧下留去後、反応液を1規定塩酸水溶液で中和し、得られた固体を濾取し、n-ヘキサンで洗浄し、標記化合物(8.2g)を白色固体として得た。
<Step 3> Synthesis of 3- (5-ethoxycarbonyl-4-pentene) oxy-4-iodotrifluoromethylbenzene (Reference Example 1) Toluene (600) of the compound (100.0 g) obtained in <Step 2> 0.0 mL), diisobutylaluminum hydride (toluene solution, 341.0 mL) was added dropwise at −78 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes and at room temperature for 1 hour. A 0.5 N aqueous sulfuric acid solution (1.4 L) was added, the mixture was extracted with hexane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain an intermediate (aldehyde) as a pale yellow liquid. Ethyl diethylphosphonoacetate (25.8 g) was added to a solution of the obtained aldehyde in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 L), and a suspension of potassium hydroxide (7.9 g) in tetrahydrofuran (200.0 mL) was added under ice cooling. The mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. Water was added, the mixture was extracted with hexane, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (111.6 g) as a pale yellow oil.
<Step 4> Synthesis of (E) -2- (3,4-dihydro-8-trifluoromethyl-1-benzooxepin-5 (2H) -ylidene) ethyl acetate (Reference Example 1) obtained in <Step 3> To a solution of the compound (48.4 g) in tetrahydrofuran (500.0 mL) were added palladium acetate (2.8 g), triphenylphosphine (5.9 g), and silver carbonate (31.2 g), and the mixture was stirred under a nitrogen stream for 15 hours. Heated to reflux. The reaction solution was filtered through celite, water was added, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (15.7 g) as a white solid.
<Step 5> Synthesis of (E) -2- (3,4-dihydro-8-trifluoromethyl-1-benzooxepin-5 (2H) -ylidene) acetic acid (Reference Example 1) obtained in <Step 4> A 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (28.0 mL) was added to a solution of the compound (10.2 g) in methanol (56.0 mL), and the mixture was heated to reflux for 2 hours. After evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure, the reaction mixture was neutralized with 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid, and the resulting solid was collected by filtration and washed with n-hexane to give the title compound (8.2 g) as a white solid.
(参考例2)(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
<工程1-A>3-(3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)プロピオン酸の合成
 3-トリフルオロメチルフェノール(25.0g)の2規定水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(120.0mL)に3-クロロプロピオン酸(25.0g)を滴下した。5規定水酸化ナトリウム水溶液にてpH=10以上を保ちながら、1時間加熱還流を行った。室温まで冷却後、反応溶液をジエチルエーテルにて洗浄した。1規定塩酸水溶液を用いて酸性とし、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して得られた残渣にn-ヘキサンを加えて結晶化させ、標記化合物(6.1g)を無色結晶として得た。
<工程1-B>3-(3-トリフルオロメチルフェノキシ)プロピオン酸の合成
 3-トリフルオロメチルフェノール(2.0g)のN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド(20.0mL)溶液に、水素化ナトリウム(0.6g)を加え、室温で1時間撹拌した。β-プロピオラクトン(1.0mL)を加え、室温で2.5時間撹拌した。水を加え、2規定塩酸水溶液を用いてpH=2とし、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して得られた残渣にn-ヘキサンを加えて結晶化させ、標記化合物(2.2g)を無色結晶として得た。
Reference Example 2 Synthesis of (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) acetic acid <Step 1-A> Synthesis of 3- (3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) propionic acid 3-trifluoro 3-Chloropropionic acid (25.0 g) was added dropwise to a 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (120.0 mL) of methylphenol (25.0 g). While maintaining pH = 10 or higher with a 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, the mixture was heated to reflux for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was washed with diethyl ether. The mixture was acidified with 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was crystallized by adding n-hexane to give the title compound (6.1 g) as colorless crystals.
<Step 1-B> Synthesis of 3- (3-trifluoromethylphenoxy) propionic acid To a solution of 3-trifluoromethylphenol (2.0 g) in N, N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), sodium hydride ( 0.6 g) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. β-propiolactone (1.0 mL) was added and stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. Water was added, pH was adjusted to 2 using 2N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was crystallized by adding n-hexane to give the title compound (2.2 g) as colorless crystals.
<工程2>7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-オンの合成
 メタンスルホン酸(18.0g)に五酸化二リン(2.0g)を少しずつ加え、室温で2.5時間攪拌した。外温70~80℃で、(参考例2)<工程1-A、B>で得られた化合物(2.0g)を10分かけて加えた。同温で30分攪拌後、放冷し、氷水(100.0mL)に注いだ。酢酸エチルで抽出し、合わせた有機層を水、飽和重曹水、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、減圧濃縮した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(溶出液;n-ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=95:5)で精製し、標記化合物(1.7g)を黄色固体として得た。
<工程3>2-(4-ヒドロキシ-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イル)酢酸エチルの合成
 亜鉛(0.3g)をテトラヒドロフラン(4.0mL)に懸濁し、外温70℃で、(参考例2)<工程2>で得られた化合物(0.5g)、ブロモ酢酸エチル(0.6g)のトルエン(8.0mL)溶液を滴下した。30分間加熱還流し、亜鉛(0.3g)、ブロモ酢酸エチル(0.6g)を加えた。30分間加熱還流し、放冷後、反応液に1規定塩酸水溶液を加えた。分液した後、水層を酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を合わせ、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、減圧濃縮し、標記化合物(0.7g)を茶色オイルとして得た。
<工程4>2-(4-ヒドロキシ-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イル)酢酸の合成
 (参考例1)<工程5>と同様の方法で、(参考例2)<工程3>で得られた化合物(0.7g)から、標記化合物(0.6g)を濃橙色アモルファスとして得た。
<工程5>(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
 (参考例2)<工程4>で得られた化合物(120.0mg)をトルエン(1.0mL)に懸濁し、濃硫酸(1滴)を加え、室温で30分間攪拌した。水を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出後、有機層を合わせ、飽和食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、減圧濃縮した。ジエチルエーテル/n-ヘキサンでトリチュレート後、濾取し、標記化合物(22.0mg)を淡黄色粉末として得た。
<Step 2> Synthesis of 7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-one Diphosphorus pentoxide (2.0 g) was added little by little to methanesulfonic acid (18.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The compound (2.0 g) obtained in (Reference Example 2) <Steps 1-A and B> was added over 10 minutes at an external temperature of 70 to 80 ° C. The mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes, allowed to cool, and poured into ice water (100.0 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layer was washed successively with water, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, water, and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent; n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 95: 5) to obtain the title compound (1.7 g) as a yellow solid.
<Step 3> Synthesis of ethyl 2- (4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetate Zinc (0.3 g) was suspended in tetrahydrofuran (4.0 mL), and the external temperature was 70 ° C. ( Reference Example 2) A solution of the compound obtained in <Step 2> (0.5 g) and ethyl bromoacetate (0.6 g) in toluene (8.0 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was heated to reflux for 30 minutes, and zinc (0.3 g) and ethyl bromoacetate (0.6 g) were added. The mixture was heated to reflux for 30 minutes, allowed to cool, and 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution was added to the reaction mixture. After liquid separation, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (0.7 g) as a brown oil.
<Step 4> Synthesis of 2- (4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetic acid (Reference Example 1) In the same manner as in <Step 5>, (Reference Example 2) in <Step 3> From the obtained compound (0.7 g), the title compound (0.6 g) was obtained as a deep orange amorphous.
<Step 5> Synthesis of (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) acetic acid (Reference Example 2) The compound (120.0 mg) obtained in <Step 4> was dissolved in toluene (1.0 mL). ), Concentrated sulfuric acid (1 drop) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layers were combined and washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Trituration with diethyl ether / n-hexane was followed by filtration to obtain the title compound (22.0 mg) as a pale yellow powder.
(参考例3)(E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
<工程1>2-ヒドロキシ-4-トリフルオロメチルアセトフェノンの合成
 4-トリフルオロメチルサリチル酸(80.0g)のテトラヒドロフラン(780.0mL)溶液にメチルリチウム(1.6Mジエチルエーテル溶液、800.0mL)を氷冷下加え、室温で1.5時間撹拌した。反応溶液を氷水に注ぎ込んだ。氷冷下、濃塩酸(135.0mL)を加えた。酢酸エチルで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去することで、標記化合物(68.0g)を淡黄色オイルとして得た。
<工程2>7-トリフルオロメチル-2,2-ジメチルクロマン-4-オンの合成
 (参考例3)<工程1>で得られた化合物(50.0g)のメタノール(900.0mL)溶液に、アセトン(28.8mL)、ピロリジン(32.7mL)を加え、室温で12時間撹拌した。減圧下溶媒を留去して得られた残渣に、10%クエン酸水溶液(420.0mL)、水(420.0mL)を加え、酢酸エチルで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去することで、標記粗化合物(50.4g)を茶色オイルとして得た。
Reference Example 3 Synthesis of (E) -2- (2,2-dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) acetic acid <Step 1> Synthesis of 2-hydroxy-4-trifluoromethylacetophenone 4- To a solution of trifluoromethyl salicylic acid (80.0 g) in tetrahydrofuran (780.0 mL) was added methyllithium (1.6 M diethyl ether solution, 800.0 mL) under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into ice water. Concentrated hydrochloric acid (135.0 mL) was added under ice cooling. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (68.0 g) as a pale yellow oil.
<Step 2> Synthesis of 7-trifluoromethyl-2,2-dimethylchroman-4-one (Reference Example 3) To a solution of the compound (50.0 g) obtained in <Step 1> in methanol (900.0 mL) , Acetone (28.8 mL) and pyrrolidine (32.7 mL) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. To the residue obtained by evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure, 10% aqueous citric acid solution (420.0 mL) and water (420.0 mL) were added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed successively with water and saturated brine. And dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title crude compound (50.4 g) as a brown oil.
<工程3>2-(4-ヒドロキシ-2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イル)酢酸エチルの合成
 N,N-ジイソプロピルアミン(45.0mL)のテトラヒドロフラン(600.0mL)溶液にn-ブチルリチウム(1.6M n-ヘキサン溶液)(200.0mL)を外温-78℃で30分かけて滴下した。同温で30分間撹拌した後、酢酸エチル(31.5mL)を滴下し、さらに30分間撹拌した。さらに、(参考例3)<工程2>で得られた化合物(40.0g)のテトラヒドロフラン(200.0mL)溶液を20分かけて滴下し、-78℃で1.5時間撹拌した。反応溶液を水(1.0L)に注いだ後、酢酸エチルで抽出した。飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥し、減圧下溶媒を留去して、標記粗化合物(49.0g)を橙色オイルとして得た。
<工程4>(E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)酢酸エチルの合成
 (参考例3)<工程3>で得られた化合物(90.0g)のジクロロメタン(1.4L)溶液に、トリフルオロ酢酸(101.0mL)を0℃で滴下した。室温で12時間攪拌した。反応液に水を加え、ジクロロメタンで抽出した。飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(溶出液;n-ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=100:0~99:1~50:50)で精製し、標記化合物(46.5g)を淡黄色オイルとして得た。
<工程5>(E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
 (参考例3)<工程4>で得られた化合物(46.2g)のエタノール(590.0mL)溶液に、1規定水酸化ナトリウム水溶液(293.0mL)を加えた。室温で5時間攪拌した。反応液を濃縮後、得られた残渣に1規定塩酸水溶液を加え、pH=1とした後、酢酸エチルで抽出した。飽和食塩水で洗浄後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去して得られた残渣をn-ヘキサンより再結晶することで、標記化合物(22.1g)を無色結晶として得た。
<Step 3> Synthesis of ethyl 2- (4-hydroxy-2,2-dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetate N, N-diisopropylamine (45.0 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (600.0 mL) N-Butyllithium (1.6M n-hexane solution) (200.0 mL) was added dropwise to the solution at an external temperature of −78 ° C. over 30 minutes. After stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, ethyl acetate (31.5 mL) was added dropwise, and the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes. Further, (Reference Example 3) A solution of the compound (40.0 g) obtained in <Step 2> in tetrahydrofuran (200.0 mL) was added dropwise over 20 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at −78 ° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction solution was poured into water (1.0 L) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title crude compound (49.0 g) as an orange oil.
<Step 4> Synthesis of ethyl (E) -2- (2,2-dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) (Reference Example 3) Compound (90.0 g) obtained in <Step 3> ) In dichloromethane (1.4 L) was added dropwise trifluoroacetic acid (101.0 mL) at 0 ° C. Stir at room temperature for 12 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent; n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 100: 0 to 99: 1 to 50:50) to give the title compound (46.5 g ) Was obtained as a pale yellow oil.
<Step 5> Synthesis of (E) -2- (2,2-dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) acetic acid (Reference Example 3) Compound (46.2 g) obtained in <Step 4> 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (293.0 mL) was added to an ethanol (590.0 mL) solution. Stir at room temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution was added to the obtained residue to adjust to pH = 1, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The residue obtained by evaporating the solvent under reduced pressure was recrystallized from n-hexane to obtain the title compound (22.1 g) as colorless crystals.
(参考例4)(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
<工程1>2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-オンの合成
 (参考例3)<工程1>で得られた化合物(44.5g)と、3-ペンタノン(36.6mL)から、(参考例3)<工程2>と同様の方法にて、標記化合物(25.7g)を白色固体として得た。
<工程2>2-(2,2-ジエチル-4-ヒドロキシ-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イル)酢酸エチルの合成
 (参考例4)<工程1>で得られた化合物(29.2g)から、(参考例3)<工程3>と同様の方法にて、標記粗化合物(36.3g)を白色固体として得た。
<工程3>2-(2,2-ジエチル-4-ヒドロキシ-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イル)酢酸の合成
 (参考例4)<工程2>で得られた化合物(36.0g)から、(参考例3)<工程5>と同様の方法にて、標記化合物(31.1g)を淡黄色オイルとして得た。
<工程4>(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
 (参考例4)<工程3>で得られた化合物(31.1g)から、(参考例3)<工程4>と同様の方法にて、標記化合物(9.1g)を白色固体として得た。
Reference Example 4 Synthesis of (E) -2- (2,2-diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) acetic acid <Step 1> 2,2-diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4 Synthesis of —one (Reference Example 3) From the compound obtained in <Step 1> (44.5 g) and 3-pentanone (36.6 mL), (Reference Example 3) In the same manner as in <Step 2> The title compound (25.7 g) was obtained as a white solid.
<Step 2> Synthesis of ethyl 2- (2,2-diethyl-4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetate (Reference Example 4) Compound (29.2 g) obtained in <Step 1> ) To give the title crude compound (36.3 g) as a white solid in the same manner as in (Reference Example 3) <Step 3>.
<Step 3> Synthesis of 2- (2,2-diethyl-4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-yl) acetic acid (Reference Example 4) Compound obtained in <Step 2> (36.0 g) (Reference Example 3) In the same manner as in <Step 5>, the title compound (31.1 g) was obtained as a pale yellow oil.
<Step 4> Synthesis of (E) -2- (2,2-diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) acetic acid (Reference Example 4) Compound obtained in <Step 3> (31.1 g) (Reference Example 3) In the same manner as in <Step 4>, the title compound (9.1 g) was obtained as a white solid.
(参考例5)(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
<工程1>7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4(3H)-オンの合成
 (参考例3)<工程1>で得られた化合物(90.0g)と、シクロブタノン(52.7mL)から、(参考例3)<工程2>と同様の方法にて、標記化合物(134.0g)を茶色オイルとして得た。
<工程2>2-(4-ヒドロキシ-7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン])-4-イル)酢酸エチルの合成
 (参考例5)<工程1>で得られた化合物(55.0g)から、(参考例3)<工程3>と同様の方法にて、標記粗化合物(65.7g)を赤茶色オイルとして得た。
<工程3>2-(4-ヒドロキシ-7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン])-4-イル)酢酸の合成
 (参考例5)<工程2>で得られた化合物(158.0g)から、(参考例3)<工程5>と同様の方法にて、標記化合物(149.2g)を赤茶色ガムとして得た。
<工程4>(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン])-4-イリデン)酢酸の合成
 (参考例5)<工程3>で得られた化合物(149.2g)から、(参考例3)<工程4>と同様の方法にて、標記化合物(32.1g)を白色固体として得た。
Reference Example 5 Synthesis of (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) acetic acid <Step 1> 7-trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman Synthesis of -2,1′-cyclobutane] -4 (3H) -one (Reference Example 3) From the compound (90.0 g) obtained in <Step 1> and cyclobutanone (52.7 mL), (Reference Example 3 ) The title compound (134.0 g) was obtained as a brown oil in the same manner as in <Step 2>.
<Step 2> Synthesis of 2- (4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane])-4-yl) ethyl acetate (Reference Example 5) obtained in <Step 1> The title crude compound (65.7 g) was obtained as a red-brown oil from the compound (55.0 g) in the same manner as in (Reference Example 3) <Step 3>.
<Step 3> Synthesis of 2- (4-hydroxy-7-trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1'-cyclobutane])-4-yl) acetic acid (Reference Example 5) obtained in <Step 2> The title compound (149.2 g) was obtained as a reddish brown gum from the compound (158.0 g) in the same manner as in (Reference Example 3) <Step 5>.
<Step 4> Synthesis of (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane])-4-ylidene) acetic acid (Reference Example 5) obtained in <Step 3> The title compound (32.1 g) was obtained as a white solid from the compound (149.2 g) in the same manner as in (Reference Example 3) <Step 4>.
(参考例6)(Rac)-7-アミノ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフトールの合成
<工程1>(Rac)-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-7-ニトロ-1-ナフトールの合成
 7-ニトロ-1-テトラロン(10.1g)のエタノール溶液(100.0mL)に、氷冷下にて水素化ホウ素ナトリウム(2.0g)を加え、室温で1時間攪拌した。反応液を氷水に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去し標記粗化合物(11.0g)を得た。
<工程2>(Rac)-7-アミノ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフトールの合成
 (参考例6)<工程1>で得られた化合物(10.2g)のメタノール(100.0mL)溶液に、10%パラジウム-炭素(Pd/C)(1.0g)を加え、水素雰囲気下にて12時間攪拌した。反応液をセライト濾過し、減圧下溶媒を留去して得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(溶出液;n-へキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10~50:50~20:80)で精製し、標記化合物(6.5g)を桃色固体として得た。
Reference Example 6 Synthesis of (Rac) -7-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthol <Step 1> (Rac) -1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-7-nitro- Synthesis of 1-naphthol Sodium borohydride (2.0 g) was added to an ethanol solution (100.0 mL) of 7-nitro-1-tetralone (10.1 g) under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. . The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title crude compound (11.0 g).
<Step 2> Synthesis of (Rac) -7-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthol (Reference Example 6) Methanol (100) of the compound (10.2 g) obtained in <Step 1> 0.0 mL) solution was added 10% palladium-carbon (Pd / C) (1.0 g), and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. The reaction solution was filtered through Celite, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent; n-hexane: ethyl acetate = 90: 10-50: 50-20: 80). The title compound (6.5 g) was obtained as a pink solid.
(参考例7)(Rac)-7-アミノ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-1-ナフトールの光学分割
 (参考例6)<工程2>で得られた化合物(5.0g)を分取クロマトグラフィー(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK IC (5cm×25cm)、溶出液;n-ヘキサン:2-プロパノール:メタノール:ジエチルアミン=70:20:10:0.1、流速:32mL/分、UV:295nm検出)を用いて光学分割を行うことで標記化合物の各エナンチオマーを、第一分画(2.3g、白色固体、99.2%ee、リテンションタイム6.7分、〔α〕27  =-76.6(c0.1、エタノール):(エナンチオマーA:参考例7-(A))、および第二分画(2.3g、白色固体、98.9%ee、リテンションタイム8.1分、〔α〕27  =+89.4(c0.1、エタノール):(エナンチオマーB:参考例7-(B))として得た。光学純度はキラルカラムで決定した。(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK IC (0.46cm×25.0cm)、溶出液;n-ヘキサン:2-プロパノール:メタノール:ジエチルアミン=70:20:10:0.1、流速:1.0mL/分、UV:295nm検出)。
Reference Example 7 Optical resolution of (Rac) -7-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthol Reference Example 6 The compound (5.0 g) obtained in <Step 2> was separated. Preparative chromatography (column: CHIRALPAK IC (5 cm × 25 cm), manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), eluent: n-hexane: 2-propanol: methanol: diethylamine = 70: 20: 10: 0.1, flow rate: 32 mL / Min, UV: 295 nm detection) to give each enantiomer of the title compound the first fraction (2.3 g, white solid, 99.2% ee, retention time 6.7 min, [α ] 27 D = -76.6 (c0.1, ethanol) :( enantiomer A: reference example 7- (A)), and a second fraction (2.3 g, white solid, 98.9% ee, Ritenshi Ntaimu 8.1 min, [α] 27 D = + 89.4 (c0.1, Ethanol) :( enantiomer B:.. Obtained as Reference Example 7- (B)) The optical purity was determined by chiral column (column: CHIRALPAK IC (0.46 cm × 25.0 cm) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd., eluent: n-hexane: 2-propanol: methanol: diethylamine = 70: 20: 10: 0.1, flow rate: 1.0 mL / Min, UV: 295 nm detection).
(参考例8)(Rac)-7-アミノ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-2-ナフトールの合成
<工程1>(Rac)-7-ニトロ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-2-ナフトールの合成
 ジャーナル・オブ・ジ・アメリカン・ケミカル・ソサイエティー(Journal of the American Chemical Society)、119、12722-12726、1997年に記載された方法に準じて合成した7-ニトロ-2-テトラロン(9.8g)のメタノール(200.0mL)、テトラヒドロフラン(100.0mL)溶液に、氷冷下にて水素化ホウ素ナトリウム(2.9g)を加え、室温で3時間攪拌した。反応液を氷冷下、1規定塩酸水溶液に注ぎ、酢酸エチルで抽出した。有機層を水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去し、-60℃に冷却した酢酸エチルでトリチュレート後、濾取し、標記化合物(7.2g)を得た。
<工程2>(Rac)-7-アミノ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-2-ナフトールの合成
 (参考例8)<工程1>で得られた化合物(7.2g)のメタノール(120.0mL)溶液に、10%パラジウム-炭素(Pd/C)(720.0mg)を加え、水素ガス雰囲気下にて6時間攪拌した。反応液をセライト濾過し、減圧下溶媒を留去して得られた残渣をジエチルエーテルでトリチュレート後、濾取し、標記化合物(5.8g)を桃色固体として得た。
Reference Example 8 Synthesis of (Rac) -7-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-naphthol <Step 1> (Rac) -7-nitro-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro- Synthesis of 2-naphthol 7-nitro-2-tetralone synthesized according to the method described in Journal of the American Chemical Society, 119, 12722-12726, 1997 To a solution of (9.8 g) in methanol (200.0 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (100.0 mL) was added sodium borohydride (2.9 g) under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid under ice-cooling, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, triturated with ethyl acetate cooled to −60 ° C. and collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (7.2 g).
<Step 2> Synthesis of (Rac) -7-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-naphthol (Reference Example 8) Methanol (120 g) of the compound (7.2 g) obtained in <Step 1> 0.0 mL) solution was added 10% palladium-carbon (Pd / C) (720.0 mg), and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours under a hydrogen gas atmosphere. The reaction solution was filtered through Celite, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was triturated with diethyl ether and collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (5.8 g) as a pink solid.
(参考例9)(Rac)-7-アミノ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロ-2-ナフトールの光学分割
 (参考例8)<工程2>で得られた化合物(5.0g)を分取クロマトグラフィー(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK IC (5cm×25cm)、溶出液;n-ヘキサン:エタノール:ジエチルアミン=80:20:0.1、流速:47mL/分、UV:295nm検出)を用いて光学分割を行うことで標記化合物の各エナンチオマーを、第一分画(2.3g、白色固体、99.9%ee、リテンションタイム7.9分、〔α〕27.5 =+72.6(c0.1、エタノール):(エナンチオマーA:参考例9-(A))、および第二分画(2.3g、白色固体、99.9%ee、リテンションタイム9.9分、〔α〕27.5 =-89.7(c0.1、エタノール)(エナンチオマーB:参考例9-(B))として得た。光学純度はキラルカラムで決定した。(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK IC (0.46cm×25.0cm)、溶出液;:n-ヘキサン:エタノール:ジエチルアミン=80:20:0.1、流速:1.0mL/分、UV:295nm検出)。
Reference Example 9 Optical resolution of (Rac) -7-amino-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-naphthol (Reference Example 8) The compound (5.0 g) obtained in <Step 2> was separated. Preparative chromatography (Column: CHIRALPAK IC (5 cm × 25 cm), manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), eluent; n-hexane: ethanol: diethylamine = 80: 20: 0.1, flow rate: 47 mL / min, UV: 295 nm detection ) To give each enantiomer of the title compound as the first fraction (2.3 g, white solid, 99.9% ee, retention time 7.9 minutes, [α] 27.5 D = +72.6 (c0.1, ethanol): (Enantiomer A: Reference Example 9- (A)), and the second fraction (2.3 g, white solid, 99.9% ee, retention time 9.9 minutes, α] 27.5 D = -89.7 (c0.1, ethanol)..: was obtained as a (enantiomer B Example 9-(B)) The optical purity was determined by chiral column (column: manufactured) Daicel Chemical CHIRALPAK IC (0.46 cm × 25.0 cm) manufactured by Kogyo Co., Ltd., eluent ;: n-hexane: ethanol: diethylamine = 80: 20: 0.1, flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, UV: 295 nm detection).
(参考例10)(Rac)-6-アミノ-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-1-オールの合成
<工程1>(Rac)-2,3-ジヒドロ-6-ニトロ-1H-インデン-1-オールの合成
 ザ・ジャーナル・オブ・オルガニック・ケミストリー(The Journal of Organic Chemistry)、54、1354~1359、1989年に記載された方法に準じて合成した2,3-ジヒドロ-6-ニトロ-1H-インデン-1-オン(10.0g)から、(参考例6)<工程1>と同様の方法で、標記粗化合物(10.4g)を赤褐色固体として得た。
<工程2>(Rac)-6-アミノ-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-1-オールの合成
 (参考例6)<工程2>と同様の方法で、(参考例10)<工程1>で得られた化合物(10.1g)から標記化合物(6.8g)を白色固体として得た。
Reference Example 10 Synthesis of (Rac) -6-amino-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ol <Step 1> (Rac) -2,3-dihydro-6-nitro-1H-indene- Synthesis of 1-ol 2,3-Dihydro-6-nitro synthesized according to the method described in The Journal of Organic Chemistry, 54, 1354-1359, 1989 In the same manner as in (Reference Example 6) <Step 1>, the title crude compound (10.4 g) was obtained as a red-brown solid from -1H-inden-1-one (10.0 g).
<Step 2> Synthesis of (Rac) -6-amino-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ol (Reference Example 6) In the same manner as in <Step 2>, (Reference Example 10) <Step 1 The title compound (6.8 g) was obtained as a white solid from the compound (10.1 g) obtained in>.
(参考例11)(Rac)-6-アミノ-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-1-オールの光学分割
 (参考例10)<工程2>で得られた化合物(5.0g)を分取クロマトグラフィー(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK IC (5cm×25cm)、溶出液;アセトニトリル:ジエチルアミン=100:0.1、流速:47mL/分、UV:301nm検出)を用いて光学分割を行うことで標記化合物の各エナンチオマーを、第一分画(2.2g、白色固体、99.6%ee、リテンションタイム4.2分、〔α〕29  =-49.8(c0.1、エタノール):(エナンチオマーA:参考例11-(A))、および第二分画(2.4g、白色固体、99.6%ee、リテンションタイム5.7分、〔α〕29  =+46.8(c0.1、エタノール):(エナンチオマーB:参考例11-(B))として得た。光学純度はキラルカラムで決定した。(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK IC (0.46cm×25.0cm)、溶出液;アセトニトリル:ジエチルアミン=100:0.1、流速:1.0mL/分、UV:301nm検出)。
Reference Example 11 Optical Resolution of (Rac) -6-Amino-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ol Reference Example 10 The compound (5.0 g) obtained in <Step 2> was separated. Optical resolution using preparative chromatography (column: CHIRALPAK IC (5 cm × 25 cm) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd., eluent; acetonitrile: diethylamine = 100: 0.1, flow rate: 47 mL / min, UV: 301 nm detection) To give each enantiomer of the title compound as the first fraction (2.2 g, white solid, 99.6% ee, retention time 4.2 minutes, [α] 29 D = −49.8 (c0.1 , Ethanol): (Enantiomer A: Reference Example 11- (A)), and second fraction (2.4 g, white solid, 99.6% ee, retention time 5.7 minutes, [α] 29 D = + 46.8 (c0.1, ethanol): (enantiomer B: Reference Example 11- (B)) Optical purity was determined with a chiral column (column: CHIRALPAK IC (0) manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) .46 cm × 25.0 cm), eluent: acetonitrile: diethylamine = 100: 0.1, flow rate: 1.0 mL / min, UV: 301 nm detection).
(参考例12)(Rac)-4-アミノ-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-2-オールの合成
<工程1>(Rac)-4-ニトロ-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-1-オールの合成
 ザ・ジャーナル・オブ・オルガニック・ケミストリー(The Journal of Organic Chemistry)、52、1649~1655、1987年に記載された方法に準じて合成した2,3-ジヒドロ-4-ニトロ-1H-インデン-1-オン(14.0g)から、(参考例6)<工程1>と同様の方法で、標記粗化合物(15.0g)を赤褐色固体として得た。
<工程2>7-ニトロ-1H-インデンの合成
 (参考例12)<工程1>で得られた化合物(14.2g)のトルエン(500.0mL)溶液にp-トルエンスルホン酸一水和物(4.7g)を加え、13時間加熱還流した。飽和重曹水で中和後、酢酸エチルで抽出し、水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去し、得られた粗化合物をn-ヘキサン:ジエチルエーテル=1:1でトリチュレート後、濾取し、標記化合物(8.8g)を淡黄色固体として得た。
<工程3>1a,6a-ジヒドロ-5-ニトロ-6H-インデノ[1,2-b]オキシレンの合成
 (参考例12)<工程2>で得られた化合物(13.0g)のジクロロメタン(520.0mL)溶液に氷冷下、m-クロロ過安息香酸(48.8g)を加え、室温にて16時間攪拌した。飽和チオ硫酸ナトリウム水で反応停止させ、ジクロロメタンで抽出し、飽和重曹水、飽和食塩水で順次洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去し、標記粗化合物(14.7g)を白色固体として得た。
Reference Example 12 Synthesis of (Rac) -4-amino-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ol <Step 1> (Rac) -4-nitro-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene- Synthesis of 1-ol 2,3-dihydro-4-nitro synthesized according to the method described in The Journal of Organic Chemistry, 52, 1649-1655, 1987 In the same manner as in (Reference Example 6) <Step 1>, the title crude compound (15.0 g) was obtained as a red-brown solid from -1H-inden-1-one (14.0 g).
<Step 2> Synthesis of 7-nitro-1H-indene (Reference Example 12) p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate in a toluene (500.0 mL) solution of the compound (14.2 g) obtained in <Step 1> (4.7 g) was added and heated to reflux for 13 hours. The mixture was neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed successively with water and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the resulting crude compound was triturated with n-hexane: diethyl ether = 1: 1 and collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (8.8 g) as a pale yellow solid.
<Step 3> Synthesis of 1a, 6a-dihydro-5-nitro-6H-indeno [1,2-b] oxylene (Reference Example 12) Compound (13.0 g) of dichloromethane (520) obtained in <Step 2> 0.0 mL) solution was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid (48.8 g) under ice-cooling and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate, extracted with dichloromethane, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the title crude compound (14.7 g) as a white solid.
<工程4>2,3-ジヒドロ-4-ニトロ-1H-インデン-2-オンの合成
 (参考例12)<工程3>で得られた化合物(14.3g)のトルエン(260.0mL)溶液に、ヨウ化亜鉛(12.9g)を加え、1時間加熱還流した。室温にて飽和重曹水で中和後、酢酸エチルで抽出し、飽和食塩水で洗浄した後、無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した。減圧下溶媒を留去し、得られた残渣をn-ヘキサン:ジエチルエーテル=2:1でトリチュレート後、濾取し、標記化合物(12.3g)を淡赤色固体として得た。
<工程5>(Rac)-2,3-ジヒドロ-4-ニトロ-1H-インデン-2-オールの合成
 (参考例6)<工程1>と同様の方法で、(参考例12)<工程4>で得られた化合物(13.0g)から標記粗化合物(9.0g)を橙色固体として得た。
<工程6>(Rac)-4-アミノ-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-2-オ-ルの合成
 (参考例6)<工程2>と同様の方法で、(参考例12)<工程5>で得られた化合物(9.0g)から標記化合物(2.3g)を橙色固体として得た。
<Step 4> Synthesis of 2,3-dihydro-4-nitro-1H-inden-2-one (Reference Example 12) A solution of the compound (14.3 g) obtained in <Step 3> in toluene (260.0 mL) To the solution, zinc iodide (12.9 g) was added and heated under reflux for 1 hour. The mixture was neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate at room temperature, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was triturated with n-hexane: diethyl ether = 2: 1 and collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (12.3 g) as a pale red solid.
<Step 5> Synthesis of (Rac) -2,3-dihydro-4-nitro-1H-inden-2-ol (Reference Example 6) In the same manner as in <Step 1>, (Reference Example 12) <Step 4 > The title crude compound (9.0 g) was obtained as an orange solid from the compound obtained in (13.0 g).
<Step 6> Synthesis of (Rac) -4-amino-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene-2-ol (Reference Example 6) In the same manner as in <Step 2>, (Reference Example 12) < The title compound (2.3 g) was obtained as an orange solid from the compound (9.0 g) obtained in Step 5>.
(参考例13)(Rac)-4-アミノ-2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-インデン-2-オールの光学分割
 (参考例12)<工程6>で得られた化合物(4.8g)を分取クロマトグラフィー(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK AD-H (5cm×25cm)、溶出液;n-ヘキサン:2-プロパノール:メタノール:ジエチルアミン=80:15:5:0.1、流速:47mL/分、UV:237nm検出)を用いて光学分割を行うことで標記化合物の各エナンチオマーを、第一分画(2.1g、白色固体、99.5%ee、リテンションタイム8.6分、〔α〕29 =-27.1(c0.1、エタノール)):(エナンチオマーA:参考例13-(A))、および第二分画(2.2g、白色固体、98.2%ee、リテンションタイム9.6分、〔α〕29 =+38.9(c0.1、エタノール):(エナンチオマーB:参考例13-(B))として得た。光学純度はキラルカラムで決定した。(カラム:(株)ダイセル化学工業製 CHIRALPAK AD-H (0.46cm×25.0cm)、溶出液;n-ヘキサン:2-プロパノール:メタノール:ジエチルアミン=80:15:5:0.1、流速:1.0mL/分、UV:237nm検出)
Reference Example 13 Optical Resolution of (Rac) -4-Amino-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ol (Reference Example 12) The compound (4.8 g) obtained in <Step 6> was separated. Preparative chromatography (Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H (5 cm × 25 cm), manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.), eluent: n-hexane: 2-propanol: methanol: diethylamine = 80: 15: 5: 0.1, flow rate: Each enantiomer of the title compound was subjected to optical resolution using 47 mL / min, UV: 237 nm detection) to give the first fraction (2.1 g, white solid, 99.5% ee, retention time 8.6 min) [α] 29 D = -27.1 (c0.1, ethanol)) :( enantiomer A: reference example 13-(A)), and a second fraction (2.2 g, white solid, 98.2% ee Retention time 9.6 minutes, [α] 29 D = + 38.9 (c0.1, Ethanol) :( enantiomer B:.. Obtained as Reference Example 13-(B)) The optical purity was determined by chiral column (column : CHIRALPAK AD-H (0.46 cm × 25.0 cm), manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries, Ltd., eluent; n-hexane: 2-propanol: methanol: diethylamine = 80: 15: 5: 0.1, flow rate: 1 0 mL / min, UV: 237 nm detection)
 本明細書においては、前記(参考例7)、(参考例9)、(参考例11)、(参考例13)において、当該ラセミ体を光学異性体分離用カラムを用いた分取クロマトグラフィーにて、第一分画として得られたエナンチオマーを(A)で表し、第二分画として得られたエナンチオマーを(B)で表した。
 以後の実施例化合物名における(A)、(B)を付した場合は、当該分取によって得られた(A)または(B)のエナンチオマーのアミン化合物を用いて得られた式(I)の実施例化合物であることを表す。
In this specification, in the above (Reference Example 7), (Reference Example 9), (Reference Example 11), and (Reference Example 13), the racemate is subjected to preparative chromatography using a column for optical isomer separation. The enantiomer obtained as the first fraction was represented by (A), and the enantiomer obtained as the second fraction was represented by (B).
When (A) and (B) are used in the names of the following examples, the compounds of the formula (I) obtained by using the enantiomeric amine compound (A) or (B) obtained by the fractionation are used. It represents an Example compound.
(実施例1)
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 参考例7-(A):エナンチオマー(A)の光学活性アミン(40.0mg)と(参考例2)<工程5>で得られたカルボン酸(77.0mg)のメタノール(4.0mL)溶液に、4-(4,6-ジメトキシ-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-4-メチルモルホリニウムクロリド(DMTMM)(101.1mg)を加え、室温で16時間攪拌した。反応溶液に水を加え析出した固体を濾取し、水にて洗浄し酢酸エチルに溶解させた後、徐々にn-ヘキサンを加え析出した固体を濾取、乾燥することで標記化合物(61.0mg)を白色固体として得た。
Example 1
Synthesis of (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A) Reference Example 7 -(A): An optically active amine (40.0 mg) of the enantiomer (A) and (Reference Example 2) a solution of the carboxylic acid (77.0 mg) obtained in <Step 5> in methanol (4.0 mL) -(4,6-Dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium chloride (DMTMM) (101.1 mg) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and dissolved in ethyl acetate, and then gradually added n-hexane, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and dried to give the title compound (61. 0 mg) was obtained as a white solid.
(参考例1)<工程5>、(参考例2)<工程5>、(参考例3)<工程5>、(参考例4)<工程4>、(参考例5)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸、および(参考例7-(A))、(参考例7-(B))、(参考例9-(A))、(参考例9-(B))、(参考例11-(A))、(参考例11-(B))、(参考例13-(B))の光学活性アミンより、(実施例1)と同様の方法で下記実施例化合物を得た。ここで用いた(参考例7-(A))、(参考例9-(A))、(参考例11-(A))の光学活性アミンを用いて得た実施例化合物を各々実施例化合物(A)とし、(参考例7-(B))、(参考例9-(B))、(参考例11-(B))、(参考例13-(B))の光学活性アミンを用いて得た実施例化合物を各々実施例化合物(B)とした。 (Reference Example 1) <Step 5>, (Reference Example 2) <Step 5>, (Reference Example 3) <Step 5>, (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>, (Reference Example 5) <Step 4> The obtained carboxylic acid, and (Reference Example 7- (A)), (Reference Example 7- (B)), (Reference Example 9- (A)), (Reference Example 9- (B)), (Reference Example) 11- (A)), (Reference Example 11- (B)), and (Reference Example 13- (B)) were obtained from the optically active amines in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the following Example compounds. Example compounds obtained by using the optically active amines of (Reference Example 7- (A)), (Reference Example 9- (A)), and (Reference Example 11- (A)) used here were each Example compounds. (A) and the optically active amines of (Reference Example 7- (B)), (Reference Example 9- (B)), (Reference Example 11- (B)), and (Reference Example 13- (B)) were used. The Example compound obtained in this manner was used as Example compound (B).
(実施例2)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 (参考例7-A)の光学活性アミンと(参考例3)<工程5>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例3)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 (参考例7-A)の光学活性アミンと(参考例4)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例4)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例7-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例4)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例5)
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 (参考例7-A)の光学活性アミンと(参考例5)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(Example 2)
(E) -2- (2,2-Dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 7-A) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 3) <Step 5>.
(Example 3)
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 7-A) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>.
Example 4
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (B The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 7-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>.
(Example 5)
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) Synthesis of Acetamide (A) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 7-A) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 5) <Step 4>.
(実施例6)
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例7-B)の光学活性で得られたアミンと(参考例5)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例7)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 (参考例9-A)の光学活性アミンと(参考例4)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例8)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例9-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例4)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例9)
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 (参考例9-A)の光学活性アミンと(参考例5)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例10)
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 (参考例11-A)の光学活性アミンと(参考例2)<工程5>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例11)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(A)の合成
 (参考例11-A)の光学活性アミンと(参考例4)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(Example 6)
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) Synthesis of Acetamide (B) The title compound was synthesized from the amine obtained by the optical activity of (Reference Example 7-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 5) <Step 4>.
(Example 7)
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 9-A) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>.
(Example 8)
(E) -2- (2,2-diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (B The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 9-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>.
Example 9
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) Synthesis of Acetamide (A) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of Reference Example 9-A and the carboxylic acid obtained in Reference Example 5 <Step 4>.
(Example 10)
Synthesis of (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (A) (Reference Example 11 The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of -A) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 2) <Step 5>.
Example 11
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (A) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 11-A) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>.
(実施例12)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例11-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例4)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例13)
(E)-2-(3,4-ジヒドロ-8-トリフルオロメチル-1-ベンゾオキセピン-5(2H)-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例13-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例1)<工程5>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例14)
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例13-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例2)<工程5>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例15)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例13-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例3)<工程5>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例16)
(E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例13-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例4)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(実施例17)
(E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)の合成
 (参考例13-B)の光学活性アミンと(参考例5)<工程4>で得られたカルボン酸から標記化合物を合成した。
(Example 12)
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (B) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 11-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>.
(Example 13)
(E) -2- (3,4-Dihydro-8-trifluoromethyl-1-benzooxepin-5 (2H) -ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-indene-4- Yl) Synthesis of Acetamide (B) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of Reference Example 13-B and the carboxylic acid obtained in Reference Example 1 <Step 5>.
(Example 14)
Synthesis of (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) (Reference Example 13 The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of -B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 2) <Step 5>.
(Example 15)
(E) -2- (2,2-Dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 13-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 3) <Step 5>.
(Example 16)
(E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 13-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 4) <Step 4>.
(Example 17)
(E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl ) Synthesis of Acetamide (B) The title compound was synthesized from the optically active amine of (Reference Example 13-B) and the carboxylic acid obtained in (Reference Example 5) <Step 4>.
 上記の(実施例1)から(実施例17)で合成した化合物の構造を[化合物一覧表 1]、(参考例1)から(参考例5)で合成した中間体、及び(参考例6)から(参考例12)で合成した中間体の構造を[化合物一覧表 2]に示す。また、LC Massデータを表3に示す。実施例および参考例のNMRデータを表4及び表5(400MHz:無印、300MHz:*印、270MHz:**印)に示す。 The structures of the compounds synthesized in (Example 1) to (Example 17) above are [Compound List 1], intermediates synthesized in (Reference Example 1) to (Reference Example 5), and (Reference Example 6). The structure of the intermediate synthesized in (Reference Example 12) is shown in [Compound List 2]. LC Mass data is shown in Table 3. The NMR data of Examples and Reference Examples are shown in Tables 4 and 5 (400 MHz: no mark, 300 MHz: * mark, 270 MHz: ** mark).
[化合物一覧表 1]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[Compound List 1]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016


Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
[化合物一覧表 2]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
[List of compounds 2]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021

 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021

 

Claims (4)

  1.  下記式(I) 
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     
    (式中、mは1または2の整数を表し、nは0または1の整数を表し、R1  及びR2  は、各々独立に、水素原子またはC1アルキル基を表すか、R1 及びR2  は各々が結合している炭素原子と一緒にシクロ環を形成していてもよく、ヒドロキシル基の立体配置はエナンチオマーの一方であることを表し、破線ならびにα、β、1及び2は、-OHまたは-NH-のそれぞれと環上の炭素原子との結合位置を表す。但し、-NH-の結合位置が1位の場合は、nが0且つヒドロキシル基の結合位置がβ位である。)で表される化合物、またはその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物。
    Formula (I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (Wherein, m represents an integer of 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 0 or 1, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 2 alkyl group, R 1 And R 2 may form a cyclo ring together with the carbon atom to which each is bonded, and the configuration of the hydroxyl group is one of the enantiomers, and the broken lines and α, β, 1 and 2 are , —OH or —NH— and the bonding position of each carbon atom on the ring, provided that the bonding position of —NH— is the 1st position, n is 0 and the bonding position of the hydroxyl group is the β position. Or a salt thereof or a solvate thereof.
  2. (E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(1-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-7-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(A);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-1-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-6-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(3,4-ジヒドロ-8-トリフルオロメチル-1-ベンゾオキセピン-5(2H)-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジメチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(2,2-ジエチル-7-トリフルオロメチルクロマン-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B);
    (E)-2-(7-トリフルオロメチル-スピロ[クロマン-2,1’-シクロブタン]-4-イリデン)-N-(2,3-ジヒドロ-2-ヒドロキシ-1H-インデン-4-イル)アセトアミド(B)
    から選ばれる請求項1に記載の化合物、その塩、またはそれらの溶媒和物。
    (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A);
    (E) -2- (2,2-Dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A );
    (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A );
    (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (B );
    (E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) acetamide (A);
    (E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (1-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) acetamide (B);
    (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (A );
    (E) -2- (2,2-diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-7-yl) acetamide (B );
    (E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (2-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-7- Yl) acetamide (A);
    (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (A);
    (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (A) ;
    (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-1-hydroxy-1H-inden-6-yl) acetamide (B) ;
    (E) -2- (3,4-Dihydro-8-trifluoromethyl-1-benzooxepin-5 (2H) -ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-indene-4- Yl) acetamide (B);
    (E) -2- (7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B);
    (E) -2- (2,2-Dimethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) ;
    (E) -2- (2,2-Diethyl-7-trifluoromethylchroman-4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl) acetamide (B) ;
    (E) -2- (7-Trifluoromethyl-spiro [chroman-2,1′-cyclobutane] -4-ylidene) -N- (2,3-dihydro-2-hydroxy-1H-inden-4-yl Acetamide (B)
    The compound of Claim 1 selected from these, its salt, or those solvates.
  3.  請求項1に記載の式(I)で表される化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくともひとつを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、医薬組成物。 A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one of the compound represented by formula (I) according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof as an active ingredient. .
  4.  請求項1に記載の式(I)で表される化合物、または製薬学的に許容されるその塩またはそれらの溶媒和物の少なくともひとつを有効成分として含有することを特徴とする、TRPV1(Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type I)受容体拮抗剤。
     
    TRPV1 (Transient), comprising as an active ingredient at least one of the compound represented by formula (I) according to claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof. Receptor Potential Vanilloid Type I) receptor antagonist.
PCT/JP2009/063221 2008-07-23 2009-07-23 Optically active heterocyclidene-n-arylacetamide derivative WO2010010935A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008-190339 2008-07-23
JP2008190339A JP2011201777A (en) 2008-07-23 2008-07-23 Optically active heterocyclidene-n-arylacetamide derivative

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010010935A1 true WO2010010935A1 (en) 2010-01-28

Family

ID=41570395

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2009/063221 WO2010010935A1 (en) 2008-07-23 2009-07-23 Optically active heterocyclidene-n-arylacetamide derivative

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2011201777A (en)
WO (1) WO2010010935A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7910751B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2011-03-22 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heterocyclidene acetamide derivative
WO2013096223A1 (en) 2011-12-19 2013-06-27 Abbvie Inc. Trpv1 antagonists
WO2013096226A1 (en) 2011-12-19 2013-06-27 Abbvie Inc. Trpv1 antagonists
US8796328B2 (en) 2012-06-20 2014-08-05 Abbvie Inc. TRPV1 antagonists
US8802711B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2014-08-12 Abbvie Inc. TRPV1 antagonists
CN110831930A (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-02-21 持田制药株式会社 Crystals of heterocyclylideneacetamide derivative
CN114206847A (en) * 2019-08-23 2022-03-18 持田制药株式会社 Process for producing heterocyclylideneacetamide derivative

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007010383A1 (en) * 2005-07-22 2007-01-25 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel heterocyclidene acetamide derivative
WO2008091021A1 (en) * 2007-01-24 2008-07-31 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heterocyclidene-n-(aryl)acetamide derivative

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007010383A1 (en) * 2005-07-22 2007-01-25 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel heterocyclidene acetamide derivative
WO2008091021A1 (en) * 2007-01-24 2008-07-31 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heterocyclidene-n-(aryl)acetamide derivative

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
GAVVA, N. R. ET AL.: "The vanilliod receptor TRPV1 is tonically activated in vivo and involved in body temperature regulation", J. NEUROSCI., vol. 27, no. 13, 2007, pages 3366 - 3374 *
LEHTO, S.G. ET AL.: "Antihyperalgesic effects of (R, E)-N-(2-hydroxy-2, 3-dihydro-lH-inden-4-yl)- 3-(2-piperidin-1-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)- acrylamide (AMG8562), a novel transient receptor potential vanilloid type 1 modulator that does not cause hyperthermia in rats", J. PHAMRACOL. EXP. THER., vol. 326, no. 1, 2008, pages 218 - 229 *
SWANSON, D.M. ET AL.: "Identification and biological evaluation of 4-(3-trifluoromethylpuridine-2-yl)piperazine-1- carboxylic acid (5-triffluoromethylpyridine- 2-yl)amide, a high affinity TRPV1 (VR1) vanilloid receptor antagonist", J. MED. CHEM., vol. 48, no. 6, 2005, pages 1857 - 1872 *

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7910751B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2011-03-22 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heterocyclidene acetamide derivative
US8383839B2 (en) 2005-07-22 2013-02-26 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heterocyclidene acetamide derivative
US8802711B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2014-08-12 Abbvie Inc. TRPV1 antagonists
WO2013096223A1 (en) 2011-12-19 2013-06-27 Abbvie Inc. Trpv1 antagonists
WO2013096226A1 (en) 2011-12-19 2013-06-27 Abbvie Inc. Trpv1 antagonists
US8859584B2 (en) 2011-12-19 2014-10-14 Abbvie, Inc. TRPV1 antagonists
US8969325B2 (en) 2011-12-19 2015-03-03 Abbvie Inc. TRPV1 antagonists
US8796328B2 (en) 2012-06-20 2014-08-05 Abbvie Inc. TRPV1 antagonists
CN110831930A (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-02-21 持田制药株式会社 Crystals of heterocyclylideneacetamide derivative
CN110831930B (en) * 2017-05-31 2023-04-28 持田制药株式会社 Crystal of heterocyclic subunit acetamide derivative
CN114206847A (en) * 2019-08-23 2022-03-18 持田制药株式会社 Process for producing heterocyclylideneacetamide derivative

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011201777A (en) 2011-10-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1908753B1 (en) Novel heterocyclidene acetamide derivative
US8183276B2 (en) Therapeutic agents
JP3993651B2 (en) Cyclopropachromene carboxylic acid derivative
JPWO2008091021A1 (en) Heterocyclidene-N- (aryl) acetamide derivatives
WO2010010935A1 (en) Optically active heterocyclidene-n-arylacetamide derivative
AU2015336458B2 (en) KCNQ2-5 channel activator
CN101636385B (en) Naphthalene and quinoline sulfonylurea derivatives as EP4 receptor antagonists
WO2010010934A1 (en) Heterocyclidene derivative having p-substituted arylacetamide
WO2018199166A1 (en) Novel tetrahydronaphthyl urea derivatives
CN106632181A (en) Aurone mannich base compound and preparation method and application thereof
WO2010038803A1 (en) 2-indoleacrylamide analogue
US20100016285A1 (en) Heterocyclidene-n-(aryl) acetamide derivative
CN104487427A (en) Novel tetrazole derivatives and their use as potassium channel modulators
WO2010010933A1 (en) Heterocyclidene-n-(3,4-dihydro-2(1h)-quinazolin-5-yl) acetamide derivative
WO2004011470A1 (en) Furoisoquinoline derivative and use thereof
WO2019215937A1 (en) Crystals of tetrahydronaphthyl urea derivative
JP3270524B2 (en) Novel isatin oxime derivatives, their production and use
JP2023506809A (en) EGFR inhibitor
BRPI0613771B1 (en) COMPOUND DERIVED FROM HETEROCYCLIDENE ACETAMIDE, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND TYPE I VANILOID RECEIVER ANTAGONIST WITH TRANSIENT RECEPTOR POTENTIAL (TRPV1)
EP2655326A1 (en) 4- (hetero) aryl - ethynyl - octahydro - indole - 1 - carboxylic acid esters

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09800449

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09800449

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP